Difference between revisions of "Module:Citation/CS1"

From Wikispooks
Jump to navigation Jump to search
m (1 revision)
 
m (1 revision imported)
(One intermediate revision by the same user not shown)
Line 1: Line 1:
 +
 
local z = {
 
local z = {
    error_categories = {};
+
error_categories = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors
    error_ids = {};
+
error_ids = {};
    message_tail = {};
+
message_tail = {};
 +
maintenance_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
 +
properties_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
 
}
 
}
  
-- Include translation message hooks, ID and error handling configuration settings.
+
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
--local cfg = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox' );
+
]]
 +
local dates, year_date_check -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
 +
 
 +
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
 +
local whitelist = {}; -- talbe of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
  
-- Contains a list of all recognized parameters
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------
--local whitelist = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox' );
 
  
--local dates = require('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox').dates -- location of date validation code
+
Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.
 +
This function is global because it is called from both this module and from Date validation
  
-- Whether variable is set or not
+
]]
 
function is_set( var )
 
function is_set( var )
    return not (var == nil or var == '');
+
return not (var == nil or var == '');
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
First set variable or nil if none
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function first_set(...)
 +
local list = {...};
 +
for _, var in pairs(list) do
 +
if is_set( var ) then
 +
return var;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >--------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Whether needle is in haystack
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function in_array( needle, haystack )
 +
if needle == nil then
 +
return false;
 +
end
 +
for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
 +
if v == needle then
 +
return n;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
return false;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >----------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function substitute( msg, args )
 +
return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >----------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
local function error_comment( content, hidden )
 +
return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ E R R O R >--------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement of the error message in the output is
 +
the responsibility of the calling function.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
local function set_error( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
 +
local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
 +
 +
prefix = prefix or "";
 +
suffix = suffix or "";
 +
 +
if error_state == nil then
 +
error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
 +
elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
 +
table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
 +
end
 +
 +
local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
 +
 +
message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] ..
 +
"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
 +
cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
 +
 +
z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
 +
if in_array( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
 +
and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
 +
return '', false;
 +
end
 +
 +
message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
 +
 +
if raw == true then
 +
return message, error_state.hidden;
 +
end
 +
 +
return error_comment( message, error_state.hidden );
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Adds a category to z.maintenance_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments)
 +
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
 +
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Determines whether a URL string is valid.
 +
 
 +
At present the only check is whether the string appears to be prefixed with a URI scheme.  It is not determined whether
 +
the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well formed.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function check_url( url_str )
 +
return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or url_str:match( "^[^/]*:" ) ~= nil; -- Protocol-relative or URL scheme
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >----------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
 +
 
 +
Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that
 +
they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact
 +
poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function safe_for_italics( str )
 +
if not is_set(str) then
 +
return str;
 +
else
 +
if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span />" .. str; end
 +
if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span />"; end
 +
 +
-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
 +
return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function safe_for_url( str )
 +
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
 +
end
 +
 +
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
 +
['['] = '&#91;',
 +
[']'] = '&#93;',
 +
['\n'] = ' ' } );
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Applies styling to various parameters.  Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
 +
argument; protects italic styled parameters.  Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
 +
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function wrap_style (key, str)
 +
if not is_set( str ) then
 +
return "";
 +
elseif in_array( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
 +
str = safe_for_italics( str );
 +
end
 +
 
 +
return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
 
end
 
end
  
-- First set variable or nil if none
+
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
function first_set(...)
+
 
    local list = {...};
+
Format an external link with error checking
    for _, var in pairs(list) do
+
 
        if is_set( var ) then
+
]]
            return var;
+
 
        end
+
local function external_link( URL, label, source )
    end
+
local error_str = "";
 +
if not is_set( label ) then
 +
label = URL;
 +
if is_set( source ) then
 +
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
 +
else
 +
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
 +
end
 +
end
 +
if not check_url( URL ) then
 +
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
 +
end
 +
return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
 
end
 
end
  
-- Whether needle is in haystack
+
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------
function inArray( needle, haystack )
+
 
    if needle == nil then
+
Formats a wiki style external link
        return false;
+
 
    end
+
]]
    for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
+
 
        if v == needle then
+
local function external_link_id(options)
            return n;
+
local url_string = options.id;
        end
+
if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
    end
+
url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
    return false;
+
end
 +
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
 +
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
 +
options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
 +
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
 +
);
 
end
 
end
  
 
--[[
 
--[[
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  Because deprecated parameters (currently |day=, |month=,
+
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  Because deprecated parameters (currently |month=,
 
|coauthor=, and |coauthors=) aren't related to each other and because these parameters may be concatenated into the variables used by |date= and |author#= (and aliases)
 
|coauthor=, and |coauthors=) aren't related to each other and because these parameters may be concatenated into the variables used by |date= and |author#= (and aliases)
details of which parameter caused the error message are not provided.  Only one error message is emitted regarless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation.
+
details of which parameter caused the error message are not provided.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation.
 
]]
 
]]
function deprecated_parameter()
+
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
 
if true ~= Page_in_deprecated_cat then -- if we haven't been here before then set a  
 
if true ~= Page_in_deprecated_cat then -- if we haven't been here before then set a  
 
Page_in_deprecated_cat=true; -- sticky flag so that if there are more than one deprecated parameter the category is added only once
 
Page_in_deprecated_cat=true; -- sticky flag so that if there are more than one deprecated parameter the category is added only once
-- table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'deprecated_params', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'deprecated_params', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
-- Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
+
--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
function substitute( msg, args )
 
-- return args and tostring( mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ) ) or msg;
 
return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
 
end
 
  
--[[
 
 
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
 
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
+
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
 
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
 
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
 
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
 
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
 +
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.
 +
 +
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
 +
 
]]
 
]]
function kern_quotes (str)
+
 
local left='<span style="padding-left:0.2em;">%1</span>'; -- spacing to use when title contains leading single or double quote mark
+
local function kern_quotes (str)
local right='<span style="padding-right:0.2em;">%1</span>'; -- spacing to use when title contains trailing single or double quote mark
+
local cap='';
 +
local cap2='';
 
 
if  str:match ("^[\"\'][^\']") then
+
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
str = string.gsub( str, "^[\"\']", left, 1 ); -- replace (captured) leading single or double quote with left-side <span>
+
if is_set (cap) then
 +
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
 
end
 
end
if str:match ("[^\'][\"\']$") then
+
 
str = string.gsub( str, "[\"\']$", right, 1 ); -- replace (captured) trailing single or double quote with right-side <span>
+
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
 +
if is_set (cap) then
 +
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
 
end
 
end
 
return str;
 
return str;
 
end
 
end
  
-- Wraps a string using a message_list configuration taking one argument
+
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
function wrap( key, str, lower )
+
 
    if not is_set( str ) then
+
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
        return "";
+
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
    elseif inArray( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
+
in italic markup.
        str = safeforitalics( str );
+
 
    end
+
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
    if lower == true then
+
 
        return substitute( cfg.messages[key]:lower(), {str} );
+
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
    else
+
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
        return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} );
+
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
    end      
+
|script-title=ja : *** ***
 +
|script-title=ja: *** ***
 +
|script-title=ja :*** ***
 +
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
 +
 
 +
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
 +
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
 +
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
 +
 
 +
At this writing, only |script-title= is supported.  It is anticipated that additional parameters will be created to use this function.
 +
 
 +
TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function format_script_value (script_value)
 +
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
 +
local name;
 +
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
 +
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
 +
if not is_set (lang) then
 +
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
 +
end
 +
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
 +
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
 +
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
 +
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
 +
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
 +
if in_array (lang, {'ar', 'bg', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'ko', 'ku', 'he', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'yi', 'zh'}) then
 +
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
 +
else
 +
add_prop_cat ('script')
 +
end
 +
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
 +
else
 +
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
 +
end
 +
end
 +
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl
 +
 
 +
return script_value;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been
 +
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
 +
if is_set (script) then
 +
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
 +
if is_set (script) then
 +
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
 +
end
 +
end
 +
return title;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
 +
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
 +
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
 +
if not is_set( str ) then
 +
return "";
 +
end
 +
if true == lower then
 +
local msg;
 +
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
 +
str = substitute( msg, {str} ); -- including template text
 +
return str;
 +
else
 +
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} );
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >----------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider
 +
Generates an error if more than one match is present.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function select_one( args, possible, error_condition, index )
 +
local value = nil;
 +
local selected = '';
 +
local error_list = {};
 +
 +
if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
 +
 +
-- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string
 +
if index == '1' then
 +
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
 +
v = v:gsub( "#", "" );
 +
if is_set(args[v]) then
 +
if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
 +
table.insert( error_list, v );
 +
else
 +
value = args[v];
 +
selected = v;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
 +
if index ~= nil then
 +
v = v:gsub( "#", index );
 +
end
 +
if is_set(args[v]) then
 +
if value ~= nil and selected ~=  v then
 +
table.insert( error_list, v );
 +
else
 +
value = args[v];
 +
selected = v;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
if #error_list > 0 then
 +
local error_str = "";
 +
for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
 +
if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
 +
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
 +
end
 +
if #error_list > 1 then
 +
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
 +
else
 +
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
 +
end
 +
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
 +
end
 +
 +
return value, selected;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Format the three chapter parameters: |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
 +
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function format_chapter_title (chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source)
 +
local chapter_error = '';
 +
 +
if not is_set (chapter) then
 +
chapter = ''; -- just to be safe for concatenation
 +
if is_set (transchapter) then
 +
chapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
 +
chapter_error = " " .. set_error ('trans_missing_chapter');
 +
end
 +
if is_set (chapterurl) then
 +
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
 +
end
 +
return chapter .. chapter_error;
 +
else -- here when chapter is set
 +
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
 +
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
 +
if is_set (transchapter) then
 +
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
 +
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
 +
end
 +
if is_set (chapterurl) then
 +
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
 +
end
 +
end
 +
return chapter;
 
end
 
end
  
Line 98: Line 478:
 
can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
 
can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
 
]]
 
]]
function argument_wrapper( args )
+
 
    local origin = {};
+
local function argument_wrapper( args )
   
+
local origin = {};
    return setmetatable({
+
        ORIGIN = function( self, k )
+
return setmetatable({
            local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
+
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
            return origin[k];
+
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
        end
+
return origin[k];
    },
+
end
    {
+
},
        __index = function ( tbl, k )
+
{
            if origin[k] ~= nil then
+
__index = function ( tbl, k )
                return nil;
+
if origin[k] ~= nil then
            end
+
return nil;
           
+
end
            local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
+
           
+
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
            if type( list ) == 'table' then
+
                v, origin[k] = selectone( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
+
if type( list ) == 'table' then
                if origin[k] == nil then
+
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
                    origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
+
if origin[k] == nil then
                end
+
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
            elseif list ~= nil then
+
end
                v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
+
elseif list ~= nil then
            else
+
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
                -- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
+
else
                -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
+
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
                error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
+
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
            end
+
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
           
+
end
            -- Empty strings, not nil;
+
            if v == nil then
+
-- Empty strings, not nil;
                v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
+
if v == nil then
                origin[k] = '';
+
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
            end
+
origin[k] = '';
           
+
end
            tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
+
            return v;
+
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
        end,
+
return v;
    });
+
end,
 +
});
 
end
 
end
  
Line 148: Line 529:
 
nil - unsupported parameters
 
nil - unsupported parameters
 
]]
 
]]
function validate( name )
+
 
 +
local function validate( name )
 
local name = tostring( name );
 
local name = tostring( name );
 
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
 
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
Line 155: Line 537:
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 
if false == state then
 
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
+
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 
return true;
 
return true;
 
end
 
end
Line 164: Line 546:
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 
if false == state then
 
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
+
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 
return true;
 
return true;
 
end
 
end
Line 171: Line 553:
 
end
 
end
  
-- Formats a comment for error trapping
+
 
function errorcomment( content, hidden )
+
-- Formats a wiki style internal link
    return wrap( hidden and 'hidden-error' or 'visible-error', content );
+
local function internal_link_id(options)
 +
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
 +
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
 +
options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
 +
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
 +
);
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
 +
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
 +
 
 +
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function nowrap_date (date)
 +
local cap='';
 +
local cap2='';
 +
 
 +
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
 +
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
 +
 +
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s*%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s*%d%d%d%d$") then
 +
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
 +
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
 +
end
 +
 +
return date;
 
end
 
end
  
--[[
+
--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------
Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message. The actual placement
+
 
of the error message in the output is the responsibility of the calling function.
+
ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn().
 +
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
 +
spaces and other non-isxn characters.
 +
 
 
]]
 
]]
function seterror( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
+
 
    local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
+
local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
   
+
local temp = 0;
    prefix = prefix or "";
+
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58
    suffix = suffix or "";
+
len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter
   
+
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
    if error_state == nil then
+
if v == string.byte( "X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)
        error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
+
temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal
    elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
+
else
        table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
+
temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
    end
+
end
   
+
end
    local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
+
return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero
   
 
    message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] ..
 
        "#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
 
        cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
 
   
 
    z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
 
    if inArray( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
 
            and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
 
        return '', false;
 
    end
 
   
 
    message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
 
   
 
    if raw == true then
 
        return message, error_state.hidden;
 
    end      
 
       
 
    return errorcomment( message, error_state.hidden );
 
 
end
 
end
  
-- Formats a wiki style external link
+
 
function externallinkid(options)
+
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S B N >------------------------------------------------------------
    local url_string = options.id;
+
 
    if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
+
Determines whether an ISBN string is valid
        url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
+
 
    end
+
]]
    return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
+
 
        options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
+
local function check_isbn( isbn_str )
        options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
+
if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
        mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
+
isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" ); -- remove hyphens and spaces
    );
+
local len = isbn_str:len();
 +
 +
if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
 +
return false;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if len == 10 then
 +
if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
 +
return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
 +
else
 +
local temp = 0;
 +
if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end -- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979
 +
isbn_str = { isbn_str:byte(1, len) };
 +
for i, v in ipairs( isbn_str ) do
 +
temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) );
 +
end
 +
return temp % 10 == 0;
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
-- Formats a wiki style internal link
+
--[[--------------------------< I S S N >----------------------------------------------------------------------
function internallinkid(options)
+
 
    return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
+
Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
        options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
+
digits with a space.  When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:
        options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
+
 
        mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
+
|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
    );
+
 +
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
 +
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
 +
error message. The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function issn(id)
 +
local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
 +
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
 +
local text;
 +
local valid_issn = true;
 +
 
 +
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn
 +
 
 +
if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
 +
valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character
 +
else
 +
valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if true == valid_issn then
 +
id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
 +
else
 +
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
 +
end
 +
 +
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
 +
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 +
 +
if false == valid_issn then
 +
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_issn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
 +
end
 +
 +
return text
 
end
 
end
  
-- Format an external link with error checking
+
--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------
function externallink( URL, label, source )
+
 
    local error_str = "";
+
Formats a link to Amazon.  Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
    if not is_set( label ) then
+
characters.  If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
        label = URL;
+
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
        if is_set( source ) then
+
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.
            error_str = seterror( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap( 'parameter', source ) }, false, " " );
+
 
        else
+
]]
            error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
+
 
        end          
+
local function amazon(id, domain)
    end
+
local err_cat = ""
    if not checkurl( URL ) then
+
 
        error_str = seterror( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
+
if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
    end
+
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
    return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safeforurl( label ), "]", error_str });
+
else
 +
if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
 +
if check_isbn( id ) then -- see if asin value is isbn10
 +
add_maint_cat ('ASIN');
 +
elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not isbn10
 +
end
 +
elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
 +
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
 +
end
 +
end
 +
if not is_set(domain) then  
 +
domain = "com";
 +
elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom
 +
domain = "co." .. domain;
 +
elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
 +
domain = "com." .. domain;
 +
end
 +
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
 +
return external_link_id({link = handler.link,
 +
label=handler.label , prefix="//www.amazon."..domain.."/dp/",id=id,
 +
encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
 
end
 
end
  
-- Formats a link to Amazon
+
--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------
function amazon(id, domain)
+
 
    if not is_set(domain) then  
+
See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier
        domain = "com"
+
 
    elseif ( "jp" == domain or "uk" == domain ) then
+
format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are three valid forms of the identifier:
        domain = "co." .. domain
+
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
    end
+
arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
    local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
+
where:
    return externallinkid({link = handler.link,
+
<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
        label=handler.label , prefix="//www.amazon."..domain.."/dp/",id=id,
+
<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
        encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator})
+
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
 +
first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
 +
<number> is a three-digit number
 +
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
 +
 +
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
 +
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
 +
where:
 +
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
 +
<number> is a four-digit number
 +
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces
 +
 
 +
the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
 +
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
 +
where:
 +
<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
 +
<number> is a five-digit number
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function arxiv (id, class)
 +
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
 +
local year, month, version;
 +
local err_cat = '';
 +
local text;
 +
 +
if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
 +
year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
 +
year = tonumber(year);
 +
month = tonumber(month);
 +
if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month
 +
((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
 +
end
 +
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
 +
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
 +
year = tonumber(year);
 +
month = tonumber(month);
 +
if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
 +
((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
 +
end
 +
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
 +
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
 +
year = tonumber(year);
 +
month = tonumber(month);
 +
if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
 +
end
 +
else
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- arXiv id doesn't match any format
 +
end
 +
 
 +
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
 +
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
 +
 
 +
if is_set (class) then
 +
class = ' [[' .. '//arxiv.org/archive/' .. class .. ' ' .. class .. ']]'; -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
 +
else
 +
class = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
 +
end
 +
 +
return text .. class;
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
--[[
 +
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
 +
1. Remove all blanks.
 +
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
 +
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
 +
a. Remove it.
 +
b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
 +
1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
 +
2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.
 +
 +
Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate.  There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
 +
]]
 +
 +
local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
 +
lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace
 +
 +
if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
 +
lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
 +
end
 +
 +
local prefix
 +
local suffix
 +
prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix
 +
 +
if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen
 +
suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
 +
lccn=prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the lccn
 +
end
 +
 +
return lccn;
 +
end
  
 
--[[
 
--[[
Line 270: Line 832:
  
 
length = 8 then all digits
 
length = 8 then all digits
length = 9 then lccn[1] is alpha
+
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both alpha or both digits
+
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both alpha or both digits
+
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both alpha
+
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha
  
 
]]
 
]]
function lccn(id)
+
 
 +
local function lccn(lccn)
 
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
 
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
 
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid
 
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid
 +
local id = lccn; -- local copy of the lccn
  
 +
id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
 
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the lccn
 
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the lccn
  
 
if 8 == len then
 
if 8 == len then
 
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
 
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
+
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
 
end
 
end
 
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
 
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
if nil == id:match("%a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
+
if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
+
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
 
end
 
end
 
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
 
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
 
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
 
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
if nil == id:match("^%a%a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
+
if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
+
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
 
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
if not (id:match("^%a%a%a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
+
if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
+
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
 
end
 
end
 
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
 
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
if not id:match("^%a%a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
+
if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
+
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
 
end
 
end
 
else
 
else
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- wrong length, set an error message
+
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- wrong length, set an error message
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message
 
end
 
end
  
return externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
+
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
+
prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
 
end
 
end
  
Line 316: Line 885:
 
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
 
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
 
]]
 
]]
function pmid(id)
+
 
 +
local function pmid(id)
 
local test_limit = 30000000; -- update this value as PMIDs approach
 
local test_limit = 30000000; -- update this value as PMIDs approach
 
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
 
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
Line 322: Line 892:
 
 
 
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
 
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
+
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
 
else -- PMID is only digits
 
else -- PMID is only digits
 
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
 
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
 
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
 
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
+
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
 
return externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
+
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
 
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
 
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
 
end
 
end
  
--[[
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 
Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
 
Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
in the future, returns true; otherwse, returns false because the embargo has expired or |embargo= not set in this cite.
+
in the future, returns the content of |embargo=; otherwise, returns and empty string because the embargo has expired or because
 +
|embargo= was not set in this cite.
 +
 
 
]]
 
]]
function is_embargoed(embargo)
+
 
if is_set(embargo) then
+
local function is_embargoed (embargo)
 +
if is_set (embargo) then
 
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
 
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
 
local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
 
local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
Line 345: Line 919:
 
good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
 
good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
 
 
if good1 and good2 and tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then --is embargo date is in the future?
+
if good1 and good2 then -- if embargo date and today's date are good dates
return true; -- still embargoed
+
if tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then -- is embargo date is in the future?
 +
return embargo; -- still embargoed
 +
else
 +
add_maint_cat ('embargo')
 +
return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
return false; -- embargo expired or |embargo= not set
+
return ''; -- |embargo= not set return empty string
 
end
 
end
  
--[[
+
--[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 
Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.
 
Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.
  
The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future
+
The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not
the PMC identifier will not be linked to the article.  If the embargo specifies a date in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then
+
be linked to the article.  If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the
the PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.
+
PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.
 +
 
 +
PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation
 +
has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link.  Function is_embargoed ()
 +
returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.
  
 
PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
 
PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
 
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.
 
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.
 +
 
]]
 
]]
function pmc(id, embargo)
+
 
 +
local function pmc(id, embargo)
 
local test_limit = 5000000; -- update this value as PMCs approach
 
local test_limit = 5000000; -- update this value as PMCs approach
 
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
 
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
 
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMC is valid
 
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMC is valid
   
+
 
local text;
 
local text;
  
 
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMC has anything but digits
 
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMC has anything but digits
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
+
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
 
else -- PMC is only digits
 
else -- PMC is only digits
 
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
 
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
 
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
 
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
+
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
 
if is_embargoed(embargo) then
+
if is_set (embargo) then -- is PMC is still embargoed?
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat; --still embargoed so no external link
+
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat; -- still embargoed so no external link
 
else
 
else
text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, --no embargo date, ok to link to article
+
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article
 
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
 
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
 
end
 
end
Line 399: Line 985:
 
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.
 
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.
  
function doi(id, inactive)
+
local function doi(id, inactive)
    local cat = ""
+
local cat = ""
    local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
+
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
   
+
    local text;
+
local text;
 
if is_set(inactive) then
 
if is_set(inactive) then
 
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
 
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
Line 414: Line 1,000:
 
inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")"  
 
inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")"  
 
else  
 
else  
text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
+
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
 
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 
inactive = ""  
 
inactive = ""  
Line 420: Line 1,006:
  
 
if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
 
if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_doi' );
+
cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_doi' );
 
end
 
end
 
return text .. inactive .. cat  
 
return text .. inactive .. cat  
Line 426: Line 1,012:
  
 
-- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
 
-- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
function openlibrary(id)
+
local function openlibrary(id)
    local code = id:sub(-1,-1)
+
local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$"); -- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
    local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];
+
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];
    if ( code == "A" ) then
+
 
        return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
+
if ( code == "A" ) then
            prefix="http://openlibrary.org/authors/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
+
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
            encode = handler.encode})
+
prefix="http://openlibrary.org/authors/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
    elseif ( code == "M" ) then
+
encode = handler.encode})
        return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
+
elseif ( code == "M" ) then
            prefix="http://openlibrary.org/books/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
+
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
            encode = handler.encode})
+
prefix="http://openlibrary.org/books/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
    elseif ( code == "W" ) then
+
encode = handler.encode})
        return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
+
elseif ( code == "W" ) then
            prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/works/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
+
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
            encode = handler.encode})
+
prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/works/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
    else
+
encode = handler.encode})
        return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
+
else
            prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
+
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
            encode = handler.encode}) ..  
+
prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
            ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_ol' );
+
encode = handler.encode}) ..  
    end
+
' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ol' );
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
--[[
 
Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
 
digits with a space.  When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:
 
  
|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
+
--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------
+
 
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpointIt also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
+
Validate and format a usenet message idSimple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
+
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.
+
 
 
]]
 
]]
function issn(id)
 
local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
 
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
 
local text;
 
local valid_issn = true;
 
  
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and ndashes from the issn
+
local function message_id (id)
 +
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];
  
if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the issn: 8 didgits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
+
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character
 
else
 
valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn
 
end
 
 
 
if true == valid_issn then
 
id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
 
else
 
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
 
end
 
 
text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
 
 
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 
   
 
   
if false == valid_issn then
+
if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
text = text .. ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_issn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
+
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_message_id' ) -- add an error message if the message id is invalid
 
end  
 
end  
 
 
Line 489: Line 1,057:
 
end
 
end
  
--[[
+
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those citations that have defaults.
+
 
Also handles the special case where it is desireable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
+
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
 +
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
 +
 
 
]]
 
]]
function set_titletype(cite_class, title_type)
+
 
 +
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
 
if is_set(title_type) then
 
if is_set(title_type) then
 
if "none" == title_type then
 
if "none" == title_type then
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
+
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
 
end
 
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
+
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
 
end
 
end
  
if "AV media notes" == cite_class or "DVD notes" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite AV media notes or cite DVD notes
+
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
return "Media notes"; -- display AV media notes / DVD media notes annotation
+
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< C L E A N _ I S B N >----------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
 +
Similar to that used for Special:BookSources
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function clean_isbn( isbn_str )
 +
return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped.  This is important because functions like
 +
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
 +
]]
 +
local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
 +
argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %%
 +
argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
 +
return argument;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
 +
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup.  We presume that editors who have taken the time to
 +
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.
  
elseif "podcast" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite podcast
+
]]
return "Podcast"; -- display podcast annotation
 
  
elseif "pressrelease" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite press release
+
local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
return "Press release"; -- display press release annotation
+
if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end
  
elseif "techreport" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite techreport
+
while true do
return "Technical report"; -- display techreport annotation
+
if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then -- bold italic (5)
+
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it
elseif "thesis" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite thesis (degree option handled after this function returns)
+
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then -- italic start and end without content (4)
return "Thesis"; -- display simple thesis annotation (without |degree= modification)
+
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
 +
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then -- bold (3)
 +
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
 +
elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then -- italic (2)
 +
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
 +
else
 +
break;
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 +
return argument; -- done
 
end
 
end
  
--[[
+
--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------
Determines whether a URL string is valid
+
 
 +
Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)
  
At present the only check is whether the string appears to
+
Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
be prefixed with a URI scheme. It is not determined whether
+
of %27%27...
the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well
 
formed.
 
 
]]
 
]]
function checkurl( url_str )
+
 
    -- Protocol-relative or URL scheme
+
local function make_coins_title (title, script)
    return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or url_str:match( "^[^/]*:" ) ~= nil;
+
if is_set (title) then
 +
title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup
 +
else
 +
title=''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
 +
end
 +
if is_set (script) then
 +
script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
 +
script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup
 +
else
 +
script=''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
 +
end
 +
if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
 +
script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate
 +
end
 +
return title .. script; -- return the concatenation
 
end
 
end
  
-- Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
+
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------
-- Similar to that used for Special:BookSources
+
 
function cleanisbn( isbn_str )
+
Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.
    return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
+
 
end
+
]]
  
-- Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.
+
local function get_coins_pages (pages)
function get_coins_pages (pages)
+
local pattern;
if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done
+
if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done
 
 
    while true do
+
while true do
pattern = pages:match("%[([%w/:\.]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
+
pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more urls
+
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more urls
pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
+
pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
 +
pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
 
end
 
end
pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets
+
pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets
 
pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
 
pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
+
pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
 
return pages;
 
return pages;
 
end
 
end
  
--[[
+
-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in checkisbn().
+
local function remove_wiki_link( str )
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
+
return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
spaces and other non-isxn characters.
+
return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
 +
end));
 +
end
 +
 
 +
-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
 +
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
 +
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
 +
return str;
 +
end
 +
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
 +
 
 
]]
 
]]
function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
+
 
local temp = 0;
+
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of bytes
+
--[[
len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter
+
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
+
if v == string.byte( "X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X
+
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal
+
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
else
+
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
+
]]
 +
 +
local str = ''; -- the output string
 +
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
 +
local end_chr = '';
 +
local trim;
 +
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
 +
if value == nil then value = ''; end
 +
 +
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
 +
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
 +
elseif value ~= '' then
 +
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
 +
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
 +
else
 +
comp = value;
 +
end
 +
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
 +
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
 +
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
 +
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
 +
trim = false;
 +
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
 +
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
 +
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
 +
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
 +
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
 +
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
 +
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
 +
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
 +
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
 +
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
 +
trim = true; -- same question
 +
end
 +
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
 +
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
 +
trim = true;
 +
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
 +
trim = true;
 +
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
 +
trim = true;
 +
end
 +
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
 +
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
 +
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if trim then
 +
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
 +
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
 +
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
 +
 +
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
 +
else
 +
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero
+
return str;
 +
end 
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
 +
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
 +
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
 +
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
 +
 
 +
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
 +
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
 +
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
 +
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
 +
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
 +
 
 +
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
 +
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
 +
 
 +
At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and past it here
 +
because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
 +
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then
 +
if true ~= Page_in_vanc_error_cat then -- if we haven't been here before then set a sticky flag
 +
Page_in_vanc_error_cat=true; -- so that if there are more than one error the category is added only once
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );
 +
end
 +
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
 +
end;
 +
return true;
 
end
 
end
  
-- Determines whether an ISBN string is valid
+
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
function checkisbn( isbn_str )
+
 
if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
+
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. 
isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" ); -- remove hyphens and spaces
+
 
local len = isbn_str:len();
+
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
+
 
if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
+
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  This form is not
return false;
+
currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
 +
 
 +
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
 +
if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end; -- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
 +
local initials = {}
 +
local i = 0; -- counter for number of initials
 +
for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do -- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
 +
table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
 +
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
 +
if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
 
end
 
end
 +
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
 +
end
 +
 +
--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
 +
 +
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
 +
 +
]]
 +
 +
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
 +
local sep;
 +
local namesep;
 +
local format = control.format
 +
local maximum = control.maximum
 +
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
 +
local text = {}
  
if len == 10 then
+
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
+
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
+
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
 
else
 
else
local temp = 0;
+
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end -- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979
+
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
isbn_str = { isbn_str:byte(1, len) };
+
end
for i, v in ipairs( isbn_str ) do
+
temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) );
+
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
 +
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
 +
 +
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
 +
if is_set(person.last) then
 +
local mask = person.mask
 +
local one
 +
local sep_one = sep;
 +
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
 +
etal = true;
 +
break;
 +
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
 +
local n = tonumber(mask)
 +
if (n ~= nil) then
 +
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
 +
else
 +
one = mask;
 +
sep_one = " ";
 +
end
 +
else
 +
one = person.last
 +
local first = person.first
 +
if is_set(first) then
 +
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
 +
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
 +
if is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters
 +
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
 +
end
 +
end
 +
one = one .. namesep .. first
 +
end
 +
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
 +
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if is_set(person.link) and ((nil ~= person.link:find("//")) or (nil ~= person.link:find("[%[%]]"))) then
 +
one = one .. " " .. set_error( 'bad_authorlink' ) end -- url or wikilink in author link;
 +
end
 +
table.insert( text, one )
 +
table.insert( text, sep_one )
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
local count = #text / 2;
 +
if count > 0 then
 +
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
 +
text[#text-2] = " & ";
 
end
 
end
return temp % 10 == 0;
+
text[#text] = nil;
 +
end
 +
 +
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
 +
if etal then
 +
local etal_text = cfg.messages['et al'];
 +
result = result .. " " .. etal_text;
 +
end
 +
 +
return result, count
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function anchor_id( options )
 +
local id = table.concat( options ); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
 +
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
 +
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
 +
else
 +
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
+
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
function removewikilink( str )
+
Gets name list from the input arguments
    return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
+
 
        return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
+
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
    end));
+
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
 +
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
 +
 
 +
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
 +
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
 +
 
 +
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
 +
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the
 +
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
 +
local names = {}; -- table of names
 +
local last; -- individual name components
 +
local first;
 +
local link;
 +
local mask;
 +
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
 +
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
 +
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
 +
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
 +
local pattern = ",? *'*[Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
 +
 +
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
 +
 
 +
while true do
 +
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
 +
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 +
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 +
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 +
 
 +
local name = tostring(last);
 +
if name:match (pattern) then -- varients on et al.
 +
last = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
 +
etal = true;
 +
end
 +
name = tostring(first);
 +
if name:match (pattern) then -- varients on et al.
 +
first = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
 +
etal = true;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
 +
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
 +
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
 +
if 2 == count then -- two missing names and we give up
 +
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
 +
end
 +
else -- we have last with or without a first
 +
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask}; -- add this name to our names list
 +
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
 +
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
 +
end
 +
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
 +
end
 +
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
 +
end
 +
 +
if true == etal then
 +
add_maint_cat ('etal');
 +
end
 +
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
 
end
 
end
  
-- Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
+
-- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings
function safeforurl( str )
+
local function extract_ids( args )
    if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then
+
local id_list = {};
        table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
+
for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do
    end
+
v = select_one( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );
   
+
if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end
    return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {   
+
end
        ['['] = '&#91;',
+
return id_list;
        [']'] = '&#93;',
 
        ['\n'] = ' ' } );
 
 
end
 
end
  
-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
+
--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------
function hyphentodash( str )
+
 
    if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
+
Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.
        return str;
+
 
    end  
+
]]
    return str:gsub( '-', '' );
+
 
 +
local function build_id_list( id_list, options )
 +
local new_list, handler = {};
 +
 
 +
function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
 +
 +
for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do
 +
-- fallback to read-only cfg
 +
handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
 +
 +
if handler.mode == 'external' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, external_link_id( handler ) } );
 +
elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internal_link_id( handler ) } );
 +
elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
 +
error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
 +
elseif k == 'DOI' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v, options.Class ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'ASIN' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'LCCN' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'OL' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'PMC' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'PMID' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'ISSN' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'ISBN' then
 +
local ISBN = internal_link_id( handler );
 +
if not check_isbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
 +
ISBN = ISBN .. set_error( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
 +
end
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );
 +
elseif k == 'USENETID' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
 +
else
 +
error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
function comp( a, b ) -- used in following table.sort()
 +
return a[1] < b[1];
 +
end
 +
 +
table.sort( new_list, comp );
 +
for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
 +
new_list[k] = v[2];
 +
end
 +
 +
return new_list;
 
end
 
end
 +
 
  
-- Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
+
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse
function safeforitalics( str )
+
-- the citation information.
    --[[ Note: We can not use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for
+
local function COinS(data, class)
    italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that they will be inverted
+
if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
    (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references. In addition, <i> and ''
+
return '';
    tend to interact poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy. ]]
+
end
   
+
    if not is_set(str) then
+
local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
        return str;
+
    else
+
-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
        if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span />" .. str; end
+
local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
        if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span />"; end
+
__newindex = function(self, key, value)
       
+
if is_set(value) then
        -- Remove newlines as they break italics.
+
rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
        return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
+
end
    end
+
end
 +
});
 +
 +
if is_set(data.Chapter) then
 +
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter;
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
 +
elseif is_set(data.Periodical) then
 +
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
 +
if 'arxiv' == class then
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv
 +
else
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
 +
end
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
 +
else
 +
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book"
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
 +
end
 +
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;
 +
 +
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do
 +
local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
 +
if k == 'ISBN' then value = clean_isbn( v ); else value = v; end
 +
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
 +
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
 +
else
 +
OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
local last, first;
 +
for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
 +
last, first = v.last, v.first;
 +
if k == 1 then
 +
if is_set(last) then
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;
 +
end
 +
if is_set(first) then
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };
 +
elseif is_set(last) then
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
 +
OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
 +
OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
 +
 +
-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
 +
table.sort( OCinSoutput );
 +
table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver );  -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
 +
return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
 
end
 
end
  
--[[
+
 
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation
+
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
characters.
+
 
 +
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code.  Handles the special case that is Norwegian where
 +
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.
 +
 
 +
Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
 +
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
 +
with the code.  When there is no match, we return the original language name string.
 +
 
 +
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
 +
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
 +
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code.  When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
 +
returns only the Wikimedia language name.
 +
 
 +
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
 +
 
 
]]
 
]]
function safejoin( tbl, duplicate_char )
 
    --[[
 
    Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
 
   
 
    This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
 
    long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
 
    in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
 
    ]]
 
   
 
    local str = '';
 
    local comp = '';
 
    local end_chr = '';
 
    local trim;
 
    for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
 
        if value == nil then value = ''; end
 
       
 
        if str == '' then
 
            str = value;
 
        elseif value ~= '' then
 
            if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then
 
                -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
 
                comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );
 
            else
 
                comp = value;
 
            end
 
           
 
            if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then
 
                trim = false;
 
                end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1);
 
                -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")"
 
                if end_chr == duplicate_char then
 
                    str = str:sub(1,-2);
 
                elseif end_chr == "'" then
 
                    if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then
 
                        str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''";
 
                    elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then
 
                        trim = true;
 
                    elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then
 
                        trim = true;
 
                    end
 
                elseif end_chr == "]" then
 
                    if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then
 
                        trim = true;
 
                    elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then
 
                        trim = true;
 
                    end
 
                elseif end_chr == " " then
 
                    if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then
 
                        str = str:sub(1,-3);
 
                    end
 
                end
 
  
                if trim then
+
local function get_iso639_code (lang)
                    if value ~= comp then
+
if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR
                        local dup2 = duplicate_char;
+
return 'Norwegian', 'no'; -- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
                        if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end
+
end
                       
+
                        value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )
+
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('en', 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
                    else
+
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
                        value = value:sub( 2, -1 );
+
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
                    end
+
                end
+
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
            end
+
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
            str = str .. value;
+
if 2 ~= code:len() then -- ISO639-1 codes only
        end
+
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
    end
+
end
    return str;
+
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
end 
+
end
 +
end
 +
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided.  If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
 +
 
 +
There is an exception.  There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants.  There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
 +
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn'). The third, code 'no',  is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless. However, it appears
 +
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.
 +
 
 +
Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
 +
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no.  We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.
 +
 
 +
See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test
 +
 
 +
When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
 +
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'. Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.
 +
 
 +
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas.
 +
 
 +
]]
  
-- Attempts to convert names to initials.
+
local function language_parameter (lang, namespace)
function reducetoinitials(first)
+
local code; -- the ISO639-1 two character code
    local initials = {}
+
local name; -- the language name
    for word in string.gmatch(first, "%S+") do
+
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
        table.insert(initials, string.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
+
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
    end
+
local unrec_cat = false -- flag so that we only add unrecognized category once
    return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
+
 +
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
 +
 +
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
 +
if 0 == namespace and (('en' == lang:lower()) or ('english' == lang:lower())) then
 +
add_maint_cat ('english');
 +
end
 +
 +
if 2 == lang:len() then -- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
 +
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "en" ); -- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code
 +
end
 +
 +
if is_set (name) then -- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
 +
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
 +
else
 +
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
 +
end
 +
 +
if is_set (code) then
 +
if 'no' == code then name = 'Norwegian' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'no'
 +
if 0 == namespace and 'en' ~= code then -- is this page main / article space and English not the language?
 +
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code})
 +
end
 +
elseif false == unrec_cat then
 +
unrec_cat = true; -- only add this category once
 +
add_maint_cat (unknown_lang);
 +
end
 +
 +
table.insert (language_list, name);
 +
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
 +
end
 +
 +
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
 +
if 2 >= code then
 +
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
 +
elseif 2 < code then
 +
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
 +
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
 +
end
 +
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- wrap with '(in ...)'
 
end
 
end
  
-- Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
+
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
function listpeople(control, people)
 
    local sep = control.sep;
 
    local namesep = control.namesep
 
    local format = control.format
 
    local maximum = control.maximum
 
    local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
 
    local text = {}
 
    local etal = false;
 
   
 
    if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
 
    if maximum ~= nil and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end
 
   
 
    for i,person in ipairs(people) do
 
        if is_set(person.last) then
 
            local mask = person.mask
 
            local one
 
            local sep_one = sep;
 
            if maximum ~= nil and i > maximum then
 
                etal = true;
 
                break;
 
            elseif (mask ~= nil) then
 
                local n = tonumber(mask)
 
                if (n ~= nil) then
 
                    one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
 
                else
 
                    one = mask;
 
                    sep_one = " ";
 
                end
 
            else
 
                one = person.last
 
                local first = person.first
 
                if is_set(first) then
 
                    if ( "vanc" == format ) then first = reducetoinitials(first) end
 
                    one = one .. namesep .. first
 
                end
 
                if is_set(person.link) then one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" end
 
                if is_set(person.link) and nil ~= person.link:find("//") then one = one .. " " .. seterror( 'bad_authorlink' ) end -- check for url in author link;
 
            end
 
            table.insert( text, one )
 
            table.insert( text, sep_one )
 
        end
 
    end
 
  
    local count = #text / 2;
+
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
    if count > 0 then
+
 
        if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
+
]]
            text[#text-2] = " & ";
+
 
        end
+
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
        text[#text] = nil;
+
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
    end
+
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
   
+
end
    local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
+
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
    if etal then  
 
        local etal_text = cfg.messages['et al'];
 
        result = result .. " " .. etal_text;
 
    end
 
   
 
    -- if necessary wrap result in <span> tag to format in Small Caps
 
    if ( "scap" == format ) then result =
 
        '<span class="smallcaps" style="font-variant:small-caps">' .. result .. '</span>';
 
    end  
 
    return result, count
 
 
end
 
end
  
-- Generates a CITEREF anchor ID.
+
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
function anchorid( options )
+
 
    return "CITEREF" .. table.concat( options );
+
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
 +
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
 +
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
 +
end
 +
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
 +
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
 +
end
 +
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
 
end
 
end
  
-- Gets name list from the input arguments
+
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
function extractnames(args, list_name)
+
 
    local names = {};
+
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
    local i = 1;
+
rendered style.
    local last;
+
 
   
+
]]
    while true do
+
 
        last = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
+
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
        if not is_set(last) then
+
local sep;
            -- just in case someone passed in an empty parameter
+
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
            break;
+
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
        end
+
else -- not a citation template so CS1
        names[i] = {
+
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
            last = last,
+
end
            first = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i ),
+
 
            link = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ),
+
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
            mask = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i )
 
        };
 
        i = i + 1;
 
    end
 
    return names;
 
 
end
 
end
  
-- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings
+
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
function extractids( args )
+
 
    local id_list = {};
+
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
    for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do   
+
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
        v = selectone( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );
+
 
        if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end
+
]]
    end
+
 
    return id_list;
+
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
 +
local sep;
 +
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
 +
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
 +
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
 +
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
 +
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
 +
if is_set (mode) then
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'mode', mode}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 +
end
 +
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
 +
end
 +
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
 +
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
 +
end
 +
 +
return sep, ps, ref
 
end
 
end
  
-- Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.
+
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
function buildidlist( id_list, options )
+
 
    local new_list, handler = {};
+
Determines if a url has the file extension is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
   
+
applying the pdf icon to external links.
    function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
+
 
   
+
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false
    for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do
+
 
        -- fallback to read-only cfg
+
]=]
        handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
+
 
       
+
local function is_pdf (url)
        if handler.mode == 'external' then
+
return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
            table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, externallinkid( handler ) } );
 
        elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
 
            table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internallinkid( handler ) } );
 
        elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
 
            error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
 
        elseif k == 'DOI' then
 
            table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
 
        elseif k == 'ASIN' then
 
            table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } );
 
        elseif k == 'LCCN' then
 
            table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
 
        elseif k == 'OL' then
 
            table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
 
        elseif k == 'PMC' then
 
            table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
 
        elseif k == 'PMID' then
 
            table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
 
        elseif k == 'ISSN' then
 
        table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
 
        elseif k == 'ISBN' then
 
            local ISBN = internallinkid( handler );
 
            if not checkisbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
 
                ISBN = ISBN .. seterror( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
 
            end
 
            table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );               
 
        else
 
            error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
 
        end
 
    end
 
   
 
    function comp( a, b ) -- used in following table.sort()
 
        return a[1] < b[1];
 
    end
 
   
 
    table.sort( new_list, comp );
 
    for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
 
        new_list[k] = v[2];
 
    end
 
   
 
    return new_list;
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
 
-- Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider
+
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
-- Generates an error if more than one match is present.
+
 
function selectone( args, possible, error_condition, index )
+
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
    local value = nil;
+
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
    local selected = '';
+
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
    local error_list = {};
+
the appropriate styling.
   
+
 
    if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
+
]]
   
+
 
    -- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string
+
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
    if index == '1' then
+
if is_set (format) then
        for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
+
format = wrap_style ('format', format:upper()); -- force upper case, add leading space, parenthases, resize
            v = v:gsub( "#", "" );
+
if not is_set (url) then
            if is_set(args[v]) then
+
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
                if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
+
end
                    table.insert( error_list, v );
+
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
                else
+
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
                    value = args[v];
+
else
                    selected = v;
+
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
                end
+
end
            end
+
return format;
        end       
 
    end
 
   
 
    for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
 
        if index ~= nil then
 
            v = v:gsub( "#", index );
 
        end
 
        if is_set(args[v]) then
 
            if value ~= nil and selected ~=  v then
 
                table.insert( error_list, v );
 
            else
 
                value = args[v];
 
                selected = v;
 
            end
 
        end
 
    end
 
   
 
    if #error_list > 0 then
 
        local error_str = "";
 
        for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
 
            if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
 
            error_str = error_str .. wrap( 'parameter', k );
 
        end
 
        if #error_list > 1 then
 
            error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
 
        else
 
            error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
 
        end
 
        error_str = error_str .. wrap( 'parameter', selected );
 
        table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
 
    end
 
   
 
    return value, selected;
 
 
end
 
end
  
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse
+
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
-- the citation information.
+
 
function COinS(data)
+
Returns a number that may or may not limit the length of the author or editor name lists.
    if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
+
 
        return '';
+
When the value assigned to |display-authors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
    end
+
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
   
+
some variant of the text 'et al.').
    local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
+
 
   
+
When the value assigned to |display-authors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
    -- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
+
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
    local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
+
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
        __newindex = function(self, key, value)
+
 
            if is_set(value) then
+
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
                rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( removewikilink( value ) ) } );
+
 
            end
+
]]
        end
+
 
    });
+
local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
   
+
if is_set (max) then
    if is_set(data.Chapter) then
+
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
        OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
+
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
        OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
+
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
        OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Chapter;
+
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
        OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
+
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
    elseif is_set(data.Periodical) then
+
if max >= count and 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
        OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
+
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name);
        OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
+
end
        OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
+
else -- not a valid keyword or number
        OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
    else
+
max = nil; -- unset
        OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
+
end
        OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book"
+
elseif 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY need to clear implicit et al category
        OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
+
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1
    end
+
end
   
+
    OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;
+
return max, etal;
    OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;
 
    OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;
 
    OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;
 
    OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
 
    OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;
 
    OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;
 
    OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;
 
   
 
    for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do
 
        local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
 
        if k == 'ISBN' then value = cleanisbn( v ); else value = v; end
 
        if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
 
            OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
 
        else
 
            OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
 
        end
 
    end
 
   
 
    local last, first;
 
    for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
 
        last, first = v.last, v.first;
 
        if k == 1 then
 
            if is_set(last) then
 
                OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;
 
            end
 
            if is_set(first) then
 
                OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;
 
            end
 
        end
 
        if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
 
            OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };
 
        elseif is_set(last) then
 
            OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;
 
        end
 
    end
 
   
 
    OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
 
    OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
 
    OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
 
   
 
    -- sort with version string always first, and combine.
 
    table.sort( OCinSoutput );
 
    table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver ); -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
 
    return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
 
 
end
 
end
  
--[[
+
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation
 
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation
 
formatting.
 
formatting.
 +
 
]]
 
]]
function citation0( config, args)
 
    --[[
 
    Load Input Parameters
 
    The argment_wrapper facillitates the mapping of multiple
 
    aliases to single internal variable.
 
    ]]
 
    local A = argument_wrapper( args );
 
  
    local i
+
local function citation0( config, args)
    local PPrefix = A['PPrefix']
+
--[[  
    local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix']
+
Load Input Parameters
    if is_set( A['NoPP'] ) then PPPrefix = "" PPrefix = "" end
+
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple
   
+
aliases to single internal variable.
    -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
+
]]
    -- define different field names for the same underlying things.  
+
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
    local Authors = A['Authors'];
 
    local a = extractnames( args, 'AuthorList' );
 
  
    local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
+
local i
    local Others = A['Others'];
+
local PPrefix = A['PPrefix']
    local Editors = A['Editors'];
+
local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix']
    local e = extractnames( args, 'EditorList' );
+
if is_set( A['NoPP'] ) then PPPrefix = "" PPrefix = "" end
 +
 +
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
 +
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
 +
local Authors = A['Authors'];
 +
local author_etal;
 +
local a, author_etal = extract_names( args, 'AuthorList' );
  
    local Year = A['Year'];
+
local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
    local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
+
local Others = A['Others'];
    local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
+
local Editors = A['Editors'];
    local Date = A['Date'];
+
local editor_etal;
    local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
+
local e, editor_etal = extract_names( args, 'EditorList' );
    ------------------------------------------------- Get title data
+
 
    local Title = A['Title'];
+
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat']; -- replaces |author-format= and |editor-format=
    local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
+
if is_set (NameListFormat) and ('vanc' ~= NameListFormat) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
    local Conference = A['Conference'];
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'name-list-format', NameListFormat}, true ) } ); -- not vanc so add error message
    local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
+
NameListFormat = ''; -- set to empty string
    local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
+
end
    local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
+
 
    local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
+
local Year = A['Year'];
    local ChapterLink = A['ChapterLink'];
+
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
    local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
+
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
    local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
+
local Date = A['Date'];
    local Degree = A['Degree'];
+
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
    local Docket = A['Docket'];
+
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
    local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
+
local Title = A['Title'];
    local URL = A['URL']
+
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
    local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
+
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
    local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
+
local Conference = A['Conference'];
    local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL');
+
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
    local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
+
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
    local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL');
+
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
    local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
+
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
 +
local ChapterLink = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated
 +
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
 +
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
 +
local Degree = A['Degree'];
 +
local Docket = A['Docket'];
 +
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
 +
local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
 +
local URL = A['URL']
 +
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
 +
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
 +
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
 +
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
 +
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
 +
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
 +
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
  
 
local Series = A['Series'];
 
local Series = A['Series'];
    local Volume = A['Volume'];
+
local Volume = A['Volume'];
    local Issue = A['Issue'];
+
local Issue = A['Issue'];
    local Position = '';
+
local Position = '';
    local Page = A['Page'];
+
local Page = A['Page'];
    local Pages = hyphentodash( A['Pages'] );
+
local Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
    local At = A['At'];
+
local At = A['At'];
  
    local Edition = A['Edition'];
+
local Edition = A['Edition'];
    local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
+
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
    local Place = A['Place'];
+
local Place = A['Place'];
   
+
    local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
+
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
    local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
+
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
    local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
+
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
    local Via = A['Via'];
+
local Via = A['Via'];
    local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
+
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
    local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
+
local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
    local Agency = A['Agency'];
+
local Agency = A['Agency'];
    local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
+
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
    local Language = A['Language'];
+
local Language = A['Language'];
    local Format = A['Format'];
+
local Format = A['Format'];
    local Ref = A['Ref'];
+
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
 
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
 
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
 
local ID = A['ID'];
 
local ID = A['ID'];
    local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
+
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
    local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
+
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
    local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
+
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
 +
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
 +
 
 +
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
  
    local ID_list = extractids( args );
+
local Quote = A['Quote'];
   
 
    local Quote = A['Quote'];
 
    local PostScript = A['PostScript'];
 
  
    local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
+
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
    local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
+
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
    local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
+
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
    local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']  
+
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
    local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL');
+
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
    local sepc = A['Separator'];
+
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']  
 +
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
  
    local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
+
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
    local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
+
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
  
 
--these are used by cite interview
 
--these are used by cite interview
 
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
 
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
 
local City = A['City'];
 
local City = A['City'];
local Cointerviewers = A['Cointerviewers']; -- deprecated
 
local Interviewer = A['Interviewer']; -- deprecated
 
 
local Program = A['Program'];
 
local Program = A['Program'];
  
 
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
 
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
    local page_type; -- is this needed?  Doesn't appear to be used anywhere;
+
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
    local use_lowercase = ( sepc ~= '.' );
+
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
    local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); --Also used for COinS and for language
 
 
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
 
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
 
local COinS_date; -- used in the COinS metadata
 
local COinS_date; -- used in the COinS metadata
  
-- Set postscript default.
+
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter. If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
if not is_set (PostScript) then -- if |postscript= has not been set (Postscript is nil which is the default for {{citation}}) and
+
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
if (config.CitationClass ~= "citation") then -- this template is not a citation template
+
local PostScript;
PostScript = '.'; -- must be a cite xxx template so set postscript to default (period)
+
local Ref;
 +
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (A['Mode']:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
 +
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
 +
 
 +
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
 +
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
 +
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
 +
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
 
end
 
end
else
+
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if PostScript:lower() == 'none' then -- if |postscript=none then
+
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
PostScript = ''; -- no postscript
+
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
 +
break; -- bail out if one is found
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories.
 
if not is_set(no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
 
for k, v in pairs( cfg.uncategorized_namespaces ) do -- otherwise, spin through the list of namespaces we don't include in error categories
 
if this_page.nsText == v then -- if we find one
 
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_trackin_cats
 
break; -- and we're done
 
            end
 
        end
 
    end
 
  
 
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters.  
 
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters.  
    if is_set(Page) then
+
if is_set(Page) then
        if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
+
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
            Page = Page .. " " .. seterror('extra_pages'); -- add error message
+
Page = Page .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages'); -- add error message
            Pages = ''; -- unset the others
+
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
            At = '';
+
At = '';
        end
+
end
    elseif is_set(Pages) then
+
elseif is_set(Pages) then
        if is_set(At) then
+
if is_set(At) then
            Pages = Pages .. " " .. seterror('extra_pages'); -- add error messages
+
Pages = Pages .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages'); -- add error messages
            At = ''; -- unset
+
At = ''; -- unset
        end
+
end
    end  
+
end
  
 
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
 
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
    if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
+
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
        PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
+
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
    end
+
end
   
+
    if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
+
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
   
+
 
--[[
 
--[[
 
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
 
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
Line 1,177: Line 2,074:
  
 
|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
 
|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
 +
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
  
 
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
 
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
 +
TODO: script-title to script-chapter if and when we support script-chapter
 
]]
 
]]
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) then
+
 
 +
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
 +
 
 +
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
 
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
 
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
 
if is_set(Title) then
 
if is_set(Title) then
Line 1,186: Line 2,088:
 
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
 
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
 
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 +
ChapterURL = URL;
 
Title = Periodical;
 
Title = Periodical;
 +
ChapterFormat = Format;
 
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 
TransTitle = ''; -- redundant so unset
 
TransTitle = ''; -- redundant so unset
 +
URL = ''; -- redundant so unset
 +
Format = ''; -- redundant so unset
 
end
 
end
 
else -- |title not set
 
else -- |title not set
Line 1,195: Line 2,101:
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
end
 
 
--special cases for citation.
 
if (config.CitationClass == "citation") then -- for citation templates
 
if not is_set (Ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
 
Ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
 
end
 
if not is_set (sepc) then -- if |separator= is not set
 
sepc = ','; -- set citation separator to its default (comma)
 
end
 
else -- not a citation template
 
if not is_set (sepc) then -- if |separator= has not been set
 
sepc = '.'; -- set cite xxx separator to its default (period)
 
end
 
end
 
 
-- check for specital case where |separator=none
 
if 'none' == sepc:lower() then -- if |separator=none
 
sepc = ''; -- then set it to a empty string
 
 
end
 
end
  
Line 1,223: Line 2,110:
 
Issue = ""; -- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata
 
Issue = ""; -- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata
 
else -- can't use ID so emit error message
 
else -- can't use ID so emit error message
ID = ID .. " " .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
+
ID = ID .. " " .. set_error('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Line 1,248: Line 2,135:
 
end
 
end
  
if is_set(Interviewer) then
+
if is_set(Others) then
 
if is_set(TitleType) then
 
if is_set(TitleType) then
Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Interviewer;
+
Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others;
 
TitleType = '';
 
TitleType = '';
 
else
 
else
Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Interviewer;
+
Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others;
end
 
if is_set(Cointerviewers) then
 
Others = Others .. sepc .. ' ' .. Cointerviewers;
 
 
end
 
end
 
else
 
else
Line 1,263: Line 2,147:
 
end
 
end
  
--Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set
+
-- special case for cite mailing list
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
+
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
if not is_embargoed(Embargo) then
+
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
+
end
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
+
 
 +
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
 +
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
 +
if is_set(BookTitle) then
 +
Chapter = Title;
 +
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
 +
ChapterURL = URL;
 +
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
 +
URLorigin = '';
 +
ChapterFormat = Format;
 +
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 +
Title = BookTitle;
 +
Format = '';
 +
-- TitleLink = '';
 +
TransTitle = '';
 +
URL = '';
 
end
 
end
 +
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
 +
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
 
end
 
end
  
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
+
-- cite map oddities
--TODO: if this is only for {{cite conference}}, shouldn't we be checking? (if config.CitationClass=='conference' then ...)
+
local Cartography = "";
if is_set(BookTitle) then
+
local Scale = "";
Chapter = Title;
+
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
ChapterLink = TitleLink;
+
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
TransChapter = TransTitle;
+
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
Title = BookTitle;
+
Chapter = A['Map'];
TitleLink = '';
+
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
TransTitle = '';
+
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
 +
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
 +
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
 +
 +
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
 +
if is_set( Cartography ) then
 +
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
 +
end
 +
Scale = A['Scale'];
 +
if is_set( Scale ) then
 +
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite episode}}, before generation of COinS data.
+
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
--[[ -- {{cite episode}} is not currently supported by this module
+
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
if config.CitationClass == "episode" then
 
 
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
 
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
 +
local Began = A['Began']; -- these two are deprecated because the module understands date ranges
 +
local Ended = A['Ended'];
 
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
 
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
local Season = A['Season'];
 
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
 
 
local Network = A['Network'];
 
local Network = A['Network'];
 
local Station = A['Station'];
 
local Station = A['Station'];
 
local s, n = {}, {};
 
local s, n = {}, {};
local Sep = (first_set(A["SeriesSeparator"], A["Separator"]) or "") .. " ";
+
 
+
-- do common parameters first
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["episode"] .. " " .. Issue); Issue = ''; end
 
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["season"] .. " " .. Season); end
 
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["series"] .. " " .. SeriesNumber); end
 
 
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
 
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
 
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
 
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
 +
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
 
 
Date = Date or AirDate;
+
if not is_set (Date) then -- promote airdate or Began/Ended to date
Chapter = Title;
+
if is_set (AirDate) then
ChapterLink = TitleLink;
+
Date = AirDate;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
+
elseif is_set (Began) then -- deprecated
Title = Series;
+
if Began:match('%s') or Ended:match('%s') then -- so we don't create errors: if either has spaces then
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
+
Date = Began .. ' – ' .. Ended; -- use spaced ndash as separator
TransTitle = '';
+
else
+
Date = Began .. '–' .. Ended; -- elsewise no spaces
Series = table.concat(s, Sep);
+
end
ID = table.concat(n, Sep);
+
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
 +
local Season = A['Season'];
 +
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
 +
 
 +
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 +
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
 +
end
 +
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
 +
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
 +
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
 +
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
 +
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
 +
 +
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
 +
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
 +
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 +
ChapterURL = URL;
 +
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
 +
 +
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
 +
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
 +
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
 +
 
 +
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
 +
Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; -- ok to wikilink
 +
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
 +
Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
 +
end
 +
URL = ''; -- unset
 +
TransTitle = ''; -- unset
 +
 +
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
 +
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
 +
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
 +
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
 +
Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
 +
end
 +
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
 +
end
 +
end
 +
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
 +
 
 +
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
 +
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
 +
if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 +
end
 +
if first_set (AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL, -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
 +
ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
 +
ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
 +
ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']) then
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 +
 
 +
AccessDate= ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
 +
PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
 +
Chapter = '';
 +
URL = '';
 +
Format = '';
 +
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
 +
end
 +
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
 +
end
 +
 
 +
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
 +
 
 +
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
 +
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
 +
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
 +
TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
 +
TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")"; -- display it in parentheses
 
end
 
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff]]
 
  
-- legacy: promote concatenation of |day=, |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
+
-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
if not is_set(Date) then
+
if not is_set (Date) then
 
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
 
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
 
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
 
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
Line 1,321: Line 2,306:
 
if is_set(Month) then
 
if is_set(Month) then
 
Date = Month .. " " .. Date;
 
Date = Month .. " " .. Date;
local Day = A['Day']
 
if is_set(Day) then Date = Day .. " " .. Date end
 
 
end
 
end
 
elseif is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
 
elseif is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promonte PublicationDate to Date
+
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
 
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
 
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
 
end
 
end
Line 1,331: Line 2,314:
  
 
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
 
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
 
  
 
--[[
 
--[[
Line 1,339: Line 2,321:
 
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
 
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
 
]]
 
]]
anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['accessdate']=AccessDate, ['airdate']=AirDate, ['archivedate']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi_brokendate']=DoiBroken,
+
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message and mismatch
['embargo']=Embargo, ['laydate']=LayDate, ['publicationdate']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year});
+
local error_message = '';
if is_set(error_message) then
+
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
+
anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['accessdate']=AccessDate, ['archivedate']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi_brokendate']=DoiBroken,
 +
['embargo']=Embargo, ['laydate']=LayDate, ['publicationdate']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year});
 +
 
 +
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
 +
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
 +
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
 +
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
 +
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
 +
end
 +
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
 +
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
 +
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if is_set(error_message) then
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
 +
end
 +
end -- end of do
 +
 
 +
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
 +
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
 +
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --
 +
 
 +
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
 +
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
 +
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
 +
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
 
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
 
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
 +
-- Test if citation has no title
 +
if not is_set(Title) and
 +
not is_set(TransTitle) and
 +
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {}, true ) } );
 +
end
 +
 +
if 'none' == Title and is_set(Periodical) and not (( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia))) then -- special case
 +
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
 +
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
 +
end
 +
 +
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
 +
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
 +
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
 +
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
 +
 +
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
 +
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
 +
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
 +
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
 +
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
 +
coins_title = Periodical;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
-- this is the function call to COinS()
 +
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
 +
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
 +
['Chapter'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (coins_chapter), -- Chapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
 +
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
 +
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
 +
['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date), -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here?  Should we be including invalid dates in metadata?
 +
['Series'] = Series,
 +
['Volume'] = Volume,
 +
['Issue'] = Issue,
 +
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At)), -- pages stripped of external links
 +
['Edition'] = Edition,
 +
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
 +
['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ),
 +
['Authors'] = a,
 +
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
 +
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
 +
}, config.CitationClass);
 +
 +
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
 +
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
 +
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
 +
end
 +
 +
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
 +
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
 +
if is_set (PublisherName) then
 +
PublisherName = '[[Newsgroup]]:&nbsp;' ..  external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName );
 +
end
 +
end
  
    -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for
 
    -- automated parsing of citation information.
 
    local OCinSoutput = COinS{
 
        ['Periodical'] = Periodical,
 
        ['Chapter'] = Chapter,
 
        ['Title'] = Title,
 
        ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
 
        ['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date), -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here?  Should we be including invalid dates in metadata?
 
        ['Series'] = Series,
 
        ['Volume'] = Volume,
 
        ['Issue'] = Issue,
 
        ['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Page, Pages, At)), -- pages stripped of external links
 
        ['Edition'] = Edition,
 
        ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
 
        ['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ),
 
        ['Authors'] = a,
 
        ['ID_list'] = ID_list,
 
        ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
 
    };
 
  
    if is_set(Periodical) and not is_set(Chapter) and is_set(Title) then
 
        Chapter = Title;
 
        ChapterLink = TitleLink;
 
        TransChapter = TransTitle;
 
        Title = '';
 
        TitleLink = '';
 
        TransTitle = '';
 
    end
 
  
    -- Now perform various field substitutions.
+
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
    -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
+
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
    -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
+
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
    if not is_set(Authors) then
+
do -- do-block to limit scope of LastFirstAuthors
        local Maximum = tonumber( A['DisplayAuthors'] );
+
local LastFirstAuthors;
       
+
local Maximum = A['DisplayAuthors'];
        -- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
+
 
        if not is_set(Maximum) and #a == 9 then
+
Maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (Maximum, #a, 'authors', author_etal);
            Maximum = 8;
+
 
            table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('implict_etal_author', {}, true ) } );
+
local control = {  
        elseif not is_set(Maximum) then
+
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
            Maximum = #a + 1;
+
maximum = Maximum,
        end
+
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
           
+
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via authorlinkn
        local control = {  
+
};
            sep = A["AuthorSeparator"] .. " ",
+
            namesep = (first_set(A["AuthorNameSeparator"], A["NameSeparator"]) or "") .. " ",
+
-- If the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
            format = A["AuthorFormat"],
+
if is_set(Coauthors) then
            maximum = Maximum,
+
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
            lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp
+
control.maximum = #a + 1;
        };
+
end
       
+
        -- If the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
+
LastFirstAuthors = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
        if is_set(Coauthors) then
+
 
            control.lastauthoramp = nil;
+
if is_set (Authors) then
            control.maximum = #a + 1;
+
if is_set (LastFirstAuthors) then -- if both author name styles
        end
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'authors') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'last')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
       
+
Authors = LastFirstAuthors; -- TODO: is this correct or should we use |authors= instead?
        Authors = listpeople(control, a)  
+
end
    end
+
else
 +
Authors = LastFirstAuthors; -- either an author name list or an empty string
 +
end
 +
end -- end of do
  
 
if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
 
if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
 +
end
 +
 
 +
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
 +
if not is_set(Editors) then
 +
local Maximum = A['DisplayEditors'];
 +
 
 +
Maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (Maximum, #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
 +
-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
 +
if not is_set(Maximum) and #e == 4 then
 +
Maximum = 3;
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
 +
end
 +
 
 +
local control = {
 +
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
 +
maximum = Maximum,
 +
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
 +
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
 +
};
 +
 
 +
Editors, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
 +
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
 +
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
 +
end
 +
else
 +
EditorCount = 1;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
 +
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
 +
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
 +
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
 +
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
 +
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
 +
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
 +
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
 +
 
 +
if  not is_set(URL) then --and
 +
-- not is_set(ArchiveURL) then --and -- prevents format_missing_url error from registering
 +
-- not is_set(ConferenceURL) and -- TODO: keep this here? conference as part of cite web or cite podcast?
 +
-- not is_set(TranscriptURL) then -- TODO: remove? |transcript-url= and |transcript= has separate test
 +
 +
-- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty
 +
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
 +
end
 +
 +
-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
 +
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
 +
AccessDate = '';
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
    local EditorCount
+
local OriginalURL, OriginalFormat; -- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
    if not is_set(Editors) then
+
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
        local Maximum = tonumber( A['DisplayEditors'] );
+
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
        -- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
+
if is_set (URL) then
        if not is_set(Maximum) and #e == 4 then  
+
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
            Maximum = 3;
+
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
            table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
+
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
        elseif not is_set(Maximum) then
+
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
            Maximum = #e + 1;
+
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
        end
+
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
 +
end
 +
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
 +
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
 +
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
 +
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
 +
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
 +
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
 +
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
  
        local control = {  
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", 'arxiv'}) or
            sep = A["EditorSeparator"] .. " ",
+
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
            namesep = (first_set(A["EditorNameSeparator"], A["NameSeparator"]) or "") .. " ",
+
if is_set (Chapter) or is_set (TransChapter) or is_set (ChapterURL)then -- chapter parameters not supported for these citation types
            format = A['EditorFormat'],
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
            maximum = Maximum,
+
Chapter = ''; -- set to empty string to be safe with concatenation
            lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp
+
TransChapter = '';
        };
+
ChapterURL = '';
 +
end
 +
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
 +
Chapter = format_chapter_title (Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin);
 +
if is_set (Chapter) then
 +
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
 +
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;
 +
end
 +
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
 +
end
 +
end
  
        Editors, EditorCount = listpeople(control, e);
+
-- Format main title.
    else
+
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
        EditorCount = 1;
+
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
    end
+
end
  
    local Cartography = "";
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", "mailinglist", 'arxiv'}) or
    local Scale = "";
+
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
    if config.CitationClass == "map" then
+
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
        if not is_set( Authors ) and is_set( PublisherName ) then
+
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
            Authors = PublisherName;
+
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
            PublisherName = "";
+
        end
+
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
        Cartography = A['Cartography'];
+
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
        if is_set( Cartography ) then
+
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
            Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap( 'cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase );
+
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
        end       
+
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
        Scale = A['Scale'];
+
else
        if is_set( Scale ) then
+
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
            Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
+
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
        end      
+
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
    end
+
end
   
+
 
    if  not is_set(URL) and
+
TransError = "";
        not is_set(ChapterURL) and
+
if is_set(TransTitle) then
        not is_set(ArchiveURL) and
+
if is_set(Title) then
        not is_set(ConferenceURL) and
+
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
        not is_set(TranscriptURL) then
+
else
       
+
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title' );
        -- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty
+
end
if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast"}) then
+
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
+
 +
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
 +
 +
if is_set(Title) then
 +
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then  
 +
Title = external_link( URL, Title ) .. TransError .. Format;
 +
URL = "";
 +
Format = "";
 +
else
 +
Title = Title .. TransError;
 
end
 
end
       
+
end
        -- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
+
 
        if is_set(AccessDate) then
+
if is_set(Place) then
            table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
+
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
            AccessDate = '';
+
end
        end
 
       
 
        -- Test if format is given without giving a URL
 
        if is_set(Format) then
 
            Format = Format .. seterror( 'format_missing_url' );
 
        end
 
    end
 
   
 
    -- Test if citation has no title
 
    if  not is_set(Chapter) and
 
        not is_set(Title) and
 
        not is_set(Periodical) and
 
        not is_set(Conference) and
 
        not is_set(TransTitle) and
 
        not is_set(TransChapter) then
 
        table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'citation_missing_title', {}, true ) } );
 
    end
 
   
 
    Format = is_set(Format) and " (" .. Format .. ")" or "";
 
   
 
    local OriginalURL = URL
 
    DeadURL = DeadURL:lower();
 
    if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
 
        if ( DeadURL ~= "no" ) then
 
            URL = ArchiveURL
 
            URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')
 
        end
 
    end
 
   
 
    -- Format chapter / article title
 
    if is_set(Chapter) and is_set(ChapterLink) then
 
        Chapter = "[[" .. ChapterLink .. "|" .. Chapter .. "]]";
 
    end
 
    if is_set(Periodical) and is_set(Title) then
 
        Chapter = wrap( 'italic-title', Chapter );
 
        TransChapter = wrap( 'trans-italic-title', TransChapter );
 
    else
 
Chapter = kern_quotes (Chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
 
        Chapter = wrap( 'quoted-title', Chapter );
 
        TransChapter = wrap( 'trans-quoted-title', TransChapter );
 
    end
 
   
 
    local TransError = ""
 
    if is_set(TransChapter) then
 
        if not is_set(Chapter) then
 
            TransError = " " .. seterror( 'trans_missing_chapter' );
 
        else
 
            TransChapter = " " .. TransChapter;
 
        end
 
    end
 
   
 
    Chapter = Chapter .. TransChapter;
 
   
 
    if is_set(Chapter) then
 
        if not is_set(ChapterLink) then
 
            if is_set(ChapterURL) then
 
                Chapter = externallink( ChapterURL, Chapter ) .. TransError;
 
                if not is_set(URL) then
 
                    Chapter = Chapter .. Format;
 
                    Format = "";
 
                end
 
            elseif is_set(URL) then
 
                Chapter = externallink( URL, Chapter ) .. TransError .. Format;
 
                URL = "";
 
                Format = "";
 
            else
 
                Chapter = Chapter .. TransError;
 
            end           
 
        elseif is_set(ChapterURL) then
 
            Chapter = Chapter .. " " .. externallink( ChapterURL, nil, ChapterURLorigin ) ..
 
                TransError;
 
        else
 
            Chapter = Chapter .. TransError;
 
        end
 
        Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. " " -- with end-space
 
    elseif is_set(ChapterURL) then
 
        Chapter = " " .. externallink( ChapterURL, nil, ChapterURLorigin ) .. sepc .. " ";
 
    end       
 
   
 
    -- Format main title.
 
    if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
 
        Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
 
    end
 
   
 
    if is_set(Periodical) then
 
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
 
        Title = wrap( 'quoted-title', Title );
 
        TransTitle = wrap( 'trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
 
    elseif inArray(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","pressrelease","conference","podcast"}) and
 
            not is_set(Chapter) then
 
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
 
        Title = wrap( 'quoted-title', Title );
 
        TransTitle = wrap( 'trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
 
    else
 
        Title = wrap( 'italic-title', Title );
 
        TransTitle = wrap( 'trans-italic-title', TransTitle );
 
    end
 
   
 
    TransError = "";
 
    if is_set(TransTitle) then
 
        if not is_set(Title) then
 
            TransError = " " .. seterror( 'trans_missing_title' );
 
        else
 
            TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
 
        end
 
    end
 
   
 
    Title = Title .. TransTitle;
 
   
 
    if is_set(Title) then
 
        if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
 
            Title = externallink( URL, Title ) .. TransError .. Format     
 
            URL = "";
 
            Format = "";
 
        else
 
            Title = Title .. TransError;
 
        end
 
    end
 
   
 
    if is_set(Place) then
 
        Place = " " .. wrap( 'written', Place, use_lowercase ) .. sepc .. " ";
 
    end
 
   
 
    if is_set(Conference) then
 
        if is_set(ConferenceURL) then
 
            Conference = externallink( ConferenceURL, Conference );
 
        end
 
        Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference
 
    elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
 
        Conference = sepc .. " " .. externallink( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
 
    end
 
   
 
    if not is_set(Position) then
 
        local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
 
        if is_set(Minutes) then
 
            Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
 
        else
 
            local Time = A['Time'];
 
            if is_set(Time) then
 
                local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
 
                if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
 
                    TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
 
                    if sepc ~= '.' then
 
                        TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
 
                    end
 
                end
 
                Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
 
            end
 
        end
 
    else
 
        Position = " " .. Position;
 
        At = '';
 
    end
 
   
 
    if not is_set(Page) then
 
        if is_set(Pages) then
 
            if is_set(Periodical) and
 
                not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
 
                Pages = ": " .. Pages;
 
            elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then
 
                Pages = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Pages;
 
            else
 
                Pages = sepc .." " .. PPPrefix .. Pages;
 
            end
 
        end
 
    else
 
        if is_set(Periodical) and
 
            not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
 
            Page = ": " .. Page;
 
        else
 
            Page = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Page;
 
        end
 
    end
 
   
 
    At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
 
    Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
 
    if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
 
        local Section = A['Section'];
 
        local Inset = A['Inset'];
 
        if first_set( Pages, Page, At ) ~= nil or sepc ~= '.' then
 
            if is_set( Section ) then
 
                Section = ", " .. wrap( 'section', Section, true );
 
            end
 
            if is_set( Inset ) then
 
                Inset = ", " .. wrap( 'inset', Inset, true );
 
            end
 
        else
 
            if is_set( Section ) then
 
                Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap( 'section', Section, use_lowercase );
 
                if is_set( Inset ) then
 
                    Inset = ", " .. wrap( 'inset', Inset, true );
 
                end
 
            elseif is_set( Inset ) then
 
                Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap( 'inset', Inset, use_lowercase );
 
            end           
 
        end           
 
        At = At .. Section .. Inset;       
 
    end  
 
  
--[[Look in the list of iso639-1 language codes to see if the value provided in the language parameter matches one of them. If a match is found,  
+
if is_set (Conference) then
use that value; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
+
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
 +
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference );
 +
end
 +
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
 +
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
 +
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if not is_set(Position) then
 +
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
 +
if is_set(Minutes) then
 +
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
 +
else
 +
local Time = A['Time'];
 +
if is_set(Time) then
 +
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
 +
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
 +
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
 +
if sepc ~= '.' then
 +
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
 +
end
 +
end
 +
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
else
 +
Position = " " .. Position;
 +
At = '';
 +
end
 
 
Categories are assigned in a manner similar to the {{xx icon}} templates - categorizes only mainspace citations and only when the language code is not 'en' (English).
+
if not is_set(Page) then
]]
+
if is_set(Pages) then
if is_set (Language) then
+
if is_set(Periodical) and
-- local name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( Language:lower(), "en" ); -- experiment: this seems to return correct ISO 639-1 language names
+
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
local name = cfg.iso639_1[Language:lower()]; -- get the language name if Language parameter has a valid iso 639-1 code
+
Pages = ": " .. Pages;
if nil == name then
+
elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then
Language=" " .. wrap( 'language', Language ); -- no match, use parameter's value
+
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Pages;
 +
else
 +
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPPrefix .. Pages;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
else
 +
if is_set(Periodical) and
 +
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
 +
Page = ": " .. Page;
 
else
 
else
if 0 == this_page.namespace and 'en' ~= Language:lower() then --found a match; is this page main / article space and English not the language?
+
Page = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Page;
Language=" " .. wrap( 'language', name .. '[[Category:Articles with ' .. name .. '-language external links]]' ); -- in main space and not English: categorize
+
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- cite map oddity done after COinS call (and with other in-source locators)
 +
if is_set (Sheet) or is_set (Sheets) then
 +
local err_msg1 = 'sheet=, &#124;sheets'; -- default error message in case any of page pages or at are set
 +
local err_msg2;
 +
if is_set (Page) or is_set (Pages) or is_set (At) then -- are any set?
 +
err_msg2 = 'page=, &#124;pages=, &#124;at'; -- a generic error message
 +
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
 +
elseif is_set (Sheet) and is_set (Sheets) then -- if both are set make error message
 +
err_msg1 = 'sheet';
 +
err_msg2 = 'sheets';
 +
end
 +
if is_set (err_msg2) then
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg1) .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg2)}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 +
end
 +
if not is_set (Sheet) then -- do sheet static text and formatting; Sheet has priority over Sheets if both provided
 +
if is_set (Sheets) then
 +
if is_set (Periodical) then
 +
Sheet = ": Sheets " .. Sheets; -- because Sheet has priority, no need to support both later on
 +
else
 +
Sheet = sepc .. " Sheets " .. Sheets;
 +
end
 +
end
 
else
 
else
Language=" " .. wrap( 'language', name ); --not in mainspace or language is English so don't categorize
+
if is_set (Periodical) then
 +
Sheet = ": Sheet " .. Sheet;
 +
else
 +
Sheet = sepc .. " Sheet " .. Sheet;
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
end
 +
 +
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
 +
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
 +
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
 +
local Section = A['Section'];
 +
local Sections = A['Sections'];
 +
local Inset = A['Inset'];
 +
 +
if is_set( Inset ) then
 +
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
 +
end
 +
 +
if is_set( Sections ) then
 +
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
 +
elseif is_set( Section ) then
 +
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
 +
end
 +
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
 +
end
 +
 +
if is_set (Language) then
 +
Language = language_parameter (Language, this_page.namespace); -- format, categories (article namespace only), name from ISO639-1, etc
 
else
 
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
+
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
 
end
 
end
  
 
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
 
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
  
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
+
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
 +
Edition = is_set(Edition) and (" " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition)) or "";
 +
Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or "";
 +
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
 +
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
 +
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
  
if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"AV media notes", "DVD notes", "podcast", "pressrelease", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
+
if is_set(Volume) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
+
if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
+
  then Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume;
TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
+
  else Volume = " <b>" .. hyphen_to_dash(Volume) .. "</b>";
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
+
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")"; -- display it in parentheses
+
if is_set(Via) then
 +
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
 
end
 
end
  
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
+
--[[
    Edition = is_set(Edition) and (" " .. wrap( 'edition', Edition )) or "";
+
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
    Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or "";
+
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
    Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
 
    OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
 
    Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
 
  
    if is_set(Volume) then
+
]]
        if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
+
if in_array(SubscriptionRequired:lower(), {'yes', 'true', 'y'}) then
          then Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume;
+
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
          else Volume = " <b>" .. hyphentodash(Volume) .. "</b>";
+
elseif in_array(RegistrationRequired:lower(), {'yes', 'true', 'y'}) then
        end
+
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
    end
+
else
 +
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
 +
end
  
--[[ This code commented out while discussion continues until after week of 2014-03-23 live module update;
+
if is_set(AccessDate) then
    if is_set(Volume) then
+
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
        if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
 
          then Volume = sepc .. " " .. Volume;
 
          else
 
              Volume = " <b>" .. hyphentodash(Volume) .. "</b>";
 
              if is_set(Series) then Volume = sepc .. Volume;
 
              end
 
        end
 
    end
 
]]   
 
    ------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
 
    --[[ Loosely mimic {{subscription required}} template; Via parameter identifies a delivery source that is not the publisher; these sources often, but not always, exist
 
    behind a registration or paywall.  So here, we've chosen to decouple via from subscription (via has never been part of the registration required template).
 
   
 
    Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
 
    ]]
 
    if is_set(Via) then
 
        Via = " " .. wrap( 'via', Via );
 
    end
 
  
if is_set(SubscriptionRequired) then
+
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
        SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; --here when 'via' parameter not used but 'subscription' is
+
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if 'citation', lower case
    elseif is_set(RegistrationRequired) then
+
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
        SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; --here when 'via' and 'subscription' parameters not used but 'registration' is
+
-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called
    end
+
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
 
+
end
    if is_set(AccessDate) then
+
        local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
+
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
        if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end
 
        AccessDate = '<span class="reference-accessdate">' .. sepc
 
            .. substitute( retrv_text, {AccessDate} ) .. '</span>'
 
    end
 
   
 
    if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
 
 
   if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
 
   if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
 
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
 
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
 +
end
 +
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
 +
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
 
end
 
end
  
   
+
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
    ID_list = buildidlist( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo} );
 
  
    if is_set(URL) then
+
if is_set(URL) then
        URL = " " .. externallink( URL, nil, URLorigin );
+
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
    end
+
end
  
    if is_set(Quote) then
+
if is_set(Quote) then
        if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then
+
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then
            Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);
+
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);
        end
+
end
        Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap( 'quoted-text', Quote );  
+
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
        PostScript = ""; -- CS1 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
+
PostScript = ""; -- CS1 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
    end
+
end
   
+
    local Archived
+
local Archived
    if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
+
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
        if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
+
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
            ArchiveDate = seterror('archive_missing_date');
+
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
        end
+
end
        if "no" == DeadURL then
+
if "no" == DeadURL then
            local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
+
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
            if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
+
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
            Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
+
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
                { externallink( ArchiveURL, arch_text ), ArchiveDate } );
+
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
            if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
+
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
                Archived = Archived .. " " .. seterror('archive_missing_url');                              
+
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
            end
+
end
        elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then
+
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then
            local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
+
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
            if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
+
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
            Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
+
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
                { externallink( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ), ArchiveDate } );
+
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
        else
+
else
            local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
+
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
            if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
+
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
            Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,  
+
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,  
                { seterror('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
+
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
        end
+
end
    else
+
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
        Archived = ""
+
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
    end
+
else
   
+
Archived = ""
    local Lay
+
end
    if is_set(LayURL) then
+
        if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
+
local Lay = '';
        if is_set(LaySource) then  
+
if is_set(LayURL) then
            LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safeforitalics(LaySource) .. "''";
+
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
        else
+
if is_set(LaySource) then  
            LaySource = "";
+
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
        end
+
else
        if sepc == '.' then
+
LaySource = "";
            Lay = sepc .. " " .. externallink( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LaySource .. LayDate
+
end
        else
+
if sepc == '.' then
            Lay = sepc .. " " .. externallink( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LaySource .. LayDate
+
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
        end          
+
else
    else
+
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
        Lay = "";
+
end
    end
+
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
   
+
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
    if is_set(Transcript) then
+
end
        if is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = externallink( TranscriptURL, Transcript ); end
+
 
    elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
+
if is_set(Transcript) then
        Transcript = externallink( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
+
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
    end
+
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript );
   
+
end
    local Publisher;
+
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
    if is_set(Periodical) and
+
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
        not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
+
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
        if is_set(PublisherName) then
+
end
            if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
+
 
                Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
+
local Publisher;
            else
+
if is_set(Periodical) and
                Publisher = PublisherName;   
+
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
            end
+
if is_set(PublisherName) then
        elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
+
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
            Publisher= PublicationPlace;
+
Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
        else  
+
else
            Publisher = "";
+
Publisher = PublisherName;   
        end
+
end
        if is_set(PublicationDate) then
+
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
            if is_set(Publisher) then
+
Publisher= PublicationPlace;
                Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap( 'published', PublicationDate );
+
else  
            else
+
Publisher = "";
                Publisher = PublicationDate;
+
end
            end
+
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
        end
+
if is_set(Publisher) then
        if is_set(Publisher) then
+
Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
            Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
+
else
        end
+
Publisher = PublicationDate;
    else
+
end
        if is_set(PublicationDate) then
+
end
            PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap( 'published', PublicationDate ) .. ")";
+
if is_set(Publisher) then
        end
+
Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
        if is_set(PublisherName) then
+
end
            if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
+
else
                Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
+
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
            else
+
PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")";
                Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;   
+
end
            end          
+
if is_set(PublisherName) then
        elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then  
+
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
            Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
+
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
        else  
+
else
            Publisher = PublicationDate;
+
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;   
        end
+
end
    end
+
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then  
   
+
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
    -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
+
else  
    if is_set(Periodical) then
+
Publisher = PublicationDate;
        if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then  
+
end
            Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap( 'italic-title', Periodical )  
+
end
        else  
+
            Periodical = wrap( 'italic-title', Periodical )
+
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
        end
+
if is_set(Periodical) then
    end
+
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then  
 +
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)  
 +
else  
 +
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
 +
end
 +
end
  
 
--[[
 
--[[
Line 1,884: Line 2,885:
 
end
 
end
  
    -- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
+
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
    -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
+
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
    -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
+
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
  
    local tcommon
+
local tcommon
    if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
        if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
+
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
        tcommon = safejoin( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Scale, Series,  
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series,
            Language, Cartography, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
+
Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
    else  
+
        tcommon = safejoin( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Scale, Series, Language,  
+
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
            Volume, Issue, Others, Cartography, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
+
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
    end
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
   
+
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
    if #ID_list > 0 then
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
        ID_list = safejoin( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
+
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
    else
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
        ID_list = ID;
+
end
    end
+
   
+
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
    local idcommon = safejoin( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
    local text;
+
else -- all other CS1 templates
    local pgtext = Position .. Page .. Pages .. At;
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,  
   
+
Volume, Issue, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
    if is_set(Authors) then
+
end
        if is_set(Coauthors) then
+
            Authors = Authors .. A['AuthorSeparator'] .. " " .. Coauthors
+
if #ID_list > 0 then
        end
+
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
        if is_set(Date) then
+
else
            Date = " ("..Date..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
+
ID_list = ID;
        elseif string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then
+
end
            Authors = Authors .. " "
+
        else
+
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
            Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " "
+
local text;
        end
+
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Page .. Pages .. At;
        if is_set(Editors) then
+
            local in_text = " ";
+
if is_set(Authors) then
            local post_text = "";
+
if is_set(Coauthors) then
            if is_set(Chapter) then
+
local sep = '; ';
                in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
+
if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then
            else
+
sep = ', ';
                if EditorCount <= 1 then
+
end
                    post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
+
Authors = Authors .. sep .. Coauthors;
                else
+
end
                    post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
+
if is_set(Date) then
                end
+
Date = " ("..Date..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
            end  
+
elseif string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then
            if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end
+
Authors = Authors .. " "
            Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text;
+
else
            if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc)
+
Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " "
                then Editors = Editors .. " "
+
end
                else Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " "
+
if is_set(Editors) then
            end
+
local in_text = " ";
        end
+
local post_text = "";
        text = safejoin( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc );
+
if is_set(Chapter) then
        text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
+
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
    elseif is_set(Editors) then
+
else
        if is_set(Date) then
+
if EditorCount <= 1 then
            if EditorCount <= 1 then
+
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
                Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
+
else
            else
+
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
                Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
+
end
            end
+
end  
            Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
+
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end
        else
+
Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text;
            if EditorCount <= 1 then
+
if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub(Editors,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last editor name ends with sepc char
                Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
+
Editors = Editors .. " "; -- don't add another
            else
+
else
                Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
+
Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " " -- otherwise terninate the editor list
            end
+
end
        end
+
end
        text = safejoin( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
+
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc );
        text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
+
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
    else
+
elseif is_set(Editors) then
        if is_set(Date) then
+
if is_set(Date) then
            if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc )
+
if EditorCount <= 1 then
              then Date = sepc .." " .. Date .. OrigYear
+
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
              else Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear
+
else
            end
+
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
        end
+
end
        if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
+
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
            text = safejoin( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
+
else
            text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
+
if EditorCount <= 1 then
        else
+
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
            text = safejoin( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date}, sepc );
+
else
            text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
+
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
        end
+
end
    end
+
end
   
+
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
 +
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 +
else
 +
if is_set(Date) then
 +
if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc )
 +
  then Date = sepc .." " .. Date .. OrigYear
 +
  else Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear
 +
end
 +
end
 +
if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
 +
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
 +
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
 +
else
 +
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date}, sepc );
 +
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
 
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safejoin( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
+
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
 
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
 
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
-- text = text:sub(1,-2); --Remove final separator (assumes that sepc is only one character)
+
end
end   
+
   
+
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
    text = safejoin( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 
  
    -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <span/> element
+
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <span/> element
    local options = {};
+
local options = {};
   
+
    if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
+
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
        options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass;
+
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass;
    else
+
else
        options.class = "citation";
+
options.class = "citation";
    end
+
end
   
+
    if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then
+
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then
        local id = Ref
+
local id = Ref
        if ( "harv" == Ref ) then
+
if ( "harv" == Ref ) then
            local names = {} --table of last names & year
+
local names = {} --table of last names & year
            if #a > 0 then
+
if #a > 0 then
                for i,v in ipairs(a) do  
+
for i,v in ipairs(a) do  
                    names[i] = v.last  
+
names[i] = v.last  
                    if i == 4 then break end
+
if i == 4 then break end
                end
+
end
            elseif #e > 0 then
+
elseif #e > 0 then
                for i,v in ipairs(e) do  
+
for i,v in ipairs(e) do  
                    names[i] = v.last  
+
names[i] = v.last  
                    if i == 4 then break end              
+
if i == 4 then break end
                end
+
end
            end
+
end
names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year); -- Year first for legacy citations
+
names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
            id = anchorid(names)
+
id = anchor_id(names)
        end
+
end
        options.id = id;
+
options.id = id;
    end
+
end
   
+
    if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
+
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
        z.error_categories = {};
+
z.error_categories = {};
        text = seterror('empty_citation');
+
text = set_error('empty_citation');
        z.message_tail = {};
+
z.message_tail = {};
    end
+
end
   
+
    if is_set(options.id) then  
+
if is_set(options.id) then  
        text = '<span id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
+
text = '<span id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
    else
+
else
        text = '<span class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
+
text = '<span class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
    end      
+
end
 +
 
 +
local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
 +
 +
-- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients.
 +
local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
 +
text = text .. OCinS;
 +
 +
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
 +
text = text .. " ";
 +
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
 +
if is_set(v[1]) then
 +
if i == #z.message_tail then
 +
text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
 +
else
 +
text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
  
    local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
+
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
   
+
text = text .. ' <span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
    -- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients.
+
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
    local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
+
text = text .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
    text = text .. OCinS;
+
end
   
+
text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
    if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
+
end
        text = text .. " ";
+
        for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
+
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
            if is_set(v[1]) then
+
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
                if i == #z.message_tail then
+
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
                    text = text .. errorcomment( v[1], v[2] );
+
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
                else
+
end
                    text = text .. errorcomment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
+
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
                end
+
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
            end
+
end
        end
+
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
    end
+
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
   
+
end
    no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
+
end
    if inArray(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
+
        for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
+
return text
            text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
 
        end
 
    end
 
   
 
    return text
 
 
end
 
end
  
 
-- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
 
-- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
 
function z.citation(frame)
 
function z.citation(frame)
    local pframe = frame:getParent()
+
local pframe = frame:getParent()
   
+
local validation;
    if nil ~= string.find( frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true ) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
+
    cfg = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox' ); -- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
+
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
    whitelist = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox' );
+
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
    dates = require('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox').dates -- ... sandbox version of date validation code
+
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
    else -- otherwise
+
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); -- ... sandbox version of date validation code
    cfg = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' ); -- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
+
 
    whitelist = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' );
+
else -- otherwise
    dates = require('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation').dates -- ... live version of date validation code
+
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
 +
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
 +
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); -- ... live version of date validation code
 
end
 
end
 
    local args = {};
 
    local suggestions = {};
 
    local error_text, error_state;
 
  
    local config = {};
+
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions
    for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
+
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
        config[k] = v;
+
 
        args[k] = v;      
+
local args = {};
    end  
+
local suggestions = {};
 +
local error_text, error_state;
 +
 
 +
local config = {};
 +
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
 +
config[k] = v;
 +
args[k] = v;  
 +
end
  
    for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
+
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
        if v ~= '' then
+
if v ~= '' then
            if not validate( k ) then          
+
if not validate( k ) then
                error_text = "";
+
error_text = "";
                if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
+
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
                    -- Exclude empty numbered parameters
+
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
                    if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
+
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
                        error_text, error_state = seterror( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
+
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
                    end
+
end
                elseif validate( k:lower() ) then  
+
elseif validate( k:lower() ) then  
                    error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
+
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
                else
+
else
                    if #suggestions == 0 then
+
if #suggestions == 0 then
                        suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );
+
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );
                    end
+
end
                    if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
+
if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
                        error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
+
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
                    else
+
else
                        error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
+
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
                    end
+
end
                end                
+
end  
                if error_text ~= '' then
+
if error_text ~= '' then
                    table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
                end              
+
end
            end
+
end
            args[k] = v;
+
args[k] = v;
        elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
+
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
            args[k] = v;
+
args[k] = v;
        end      
+
end
    end  
+
end
   
+
    return citation0( config, args)
+
return citation0( config, args)
 
end
 
end
  
 
return z
 
return z

Revision as of 17:22, 13 May 2015

This module and associated sub-modules support the Citation Style 1 and Citation Style 2 citation templates. In general, it is not intended to be called directly, but is called by one of the core CS1 and CS2 templates.

These files comprise the module support for cs1|2 citation templates:

cs2 modules
  live sandbox description
sysop Module:Citation/CS1 Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox [edit] Rendering and support functions
Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox [edit] Translation tables; error and identifier handlers
Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox [edit] 2 parameters
Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation/sandbox [edit] Date format validation functions
Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox [edit] Functions that support the named identifiers (isbn, doi, pmid, etc)
Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox [edit] Common functions and tables
Module:Citation/CS1/COinS Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox [edit] 2 template's metadata
auto confirmed Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox [edit] List that maps common erroneous parameter names to valid parameter names

Other documentation:



local z = {
	error_categories = {};		-- for categorizing citations that contain errors
	error_ids = {};
	message_tail = {};
	maintenance_cats = {};		-- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
	properties_cats = {};		-- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
}

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D   D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]
local dates, year_date_check	-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation

local cfg = {};					-- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {};			-- talbe of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist

--[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------

Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.
This function is global because it is called from both this module and from Date validation

]]
function is_set( var )
	return not (var == nil or var == '');
end

--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------

First set variable or nil if none

]]

local function first_set(...)
	local list = {...};
	for _, var in pairs(list) do
		if is_set( var ) then
			return var;
		end
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >--------------------------------------------------------------

Whether needle is in haystack

]]

local function in_array( needle, haystack )
	if needle == nil then
		return false;
	end
	for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
		if v == needle then
			return n;
		end
	end
	return false;
end

--[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >----------------------------------------------------------

Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.

]]

local function substitute( msg, args )
	return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
end

--[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >----------------------------------------------------

Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.

]]
local function error_comment( content, hidden )
	return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ E R R O R >--------------------------------------------------------------

Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement of the error message in the output is
the responsibility of the calling function.

]]
local function set_error( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
	local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
	
	prefix = prefix or "";
	suffix = suffix or "";
	
	if error_state == nil then
		error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
	elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
		table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
	end
	
	local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
	
	message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] .. 
		"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
		cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
	
	z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
	if in_array( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
			and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
		return '', false;
	end
	
	message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
	
	if raw == true then
		return message, error_state.hidden;
	end		
		
	return error_comment( message, error_state.hidden );
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------

Adds a category to z.maintenance_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.

]]

local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments)
	table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments));	-- make name then add to table
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------

Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.

]]

local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
	table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments));		-- make name then add to table
end

--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether a URL string is valid.

At present the only check is whether the string appears to be prefixed with a URI scheme.  It is not determined whether 
the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well formed.

]]

local function check_url( url_str )
	return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or url_str:match( "^[^/]*:" ) ~= nil;		-- Protocol-relative or URL scheme
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >----------------------------------------------

Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''

Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that
they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact
poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.

]]

local function safe_for_italics( str )
	if not is_set(str) then
		return str;
	else
		if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span />" .. str; end
		if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span />"; end
		
		-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
		return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------

Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions

]]

local function safe_for_url( str )
	if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then 
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
	end
	
	return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {	
		['['] = '&#91;',
		[']'] = '&#93;',
		['\n'] = ' ' } );
end

--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------

Applies styling to various parameters.  Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
argument; protects italic styled parameters.  Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().

]]

local function wrap_style (key, str)
	if not is_set( str ) then
		return "";
	elseif in_array( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
		str = safe_for_italics( str );
	end

	return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Format an external link with error checking

]]

local function external_link( URL, label, source )
	local error_str = "";
	if not is_set( label ) then
		label = URL;
		if is_set( source ) then
			error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
		else
			error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
		end			
	end
	if not check_url( URL ) then
		error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
	end
	return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------

Formats a wiki style external link

]]

local function external_link_id(options)
	local url_string = options.id;
	if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
		url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
	end
	return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
		options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
		options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
		mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
	);
end

--[[
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  Because deprecated parameters (currently |month=,
|coauthor=, and |coauthors=) aren't related to each other and because these parameters may be concatenated into the variables used by |date= and |author#= (and aliases)
details of which parameter caused the error message are not provided.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation.
]]
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
	if true ~= Page_in_deprecated_cat then	-- if we haven't been here before then set a 
		Page_in_deprecated_cat=true;		-- sticky flag so that if there are more than one deprecated parameter the category is added only once
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } );		-- add error message
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
	"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
	" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.

]]

local function kern_quotes (str)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';
	
	cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)");								-- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
	if is_set (cap) then
		str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
	end

	cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
	if is_set (cap) then
		str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	return str;
end

--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------

|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.

Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.

|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
	|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
	|script-title=ja : *** ***
	|script-title=ja: *** ***
	|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***

The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.

At this writing, only |script-title= is supported.  It is anticipated that additional parameters will be created to use this function.

TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]

local function format_script_value (script_value)
	local lang='';																-- initialize to empty string
	local name;
	if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then										-- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
		lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*');						-- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
		if not is_set (lang) then
			return '';															-- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
		end
																				-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
		name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" );						-- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
		if is_set (name) then													-- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
			script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', '');				-- strip prefix from script
																				-- is prefix one of these language codes?
			if in_array (lang, {'ar', 'bg', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'ko', 'ku', 'he', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'yi', 'zh'}) then
				add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
			else
				add_prop_cat ('script')
			end
			lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" ';									-- convert prefix into a lang attribute
		else
			lang = '';															-- invalid so set lang to empty string
		end
	end
	script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value});	-- isolate in case script is rtl

	return script_value;
end

--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------

Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been 
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]

local function script_concatenate (title, script)
	if is_set (script) then
		script = format_script_value (script);									-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
		if is_set (script) then
			title = title .. ' ' .. script;										-- concatenate title and script title
		end
	end
	return title;
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]

local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
	if not is_set( str ) then
		return "";
	end
	if true == lower then
		local msg;
		msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower();										-- set the message to lower case before 
		str = substitute( msg, {str} );											-- including template text
		return str;
	else
		return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} );
	end		
end

--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >----------------------------------------------------------

Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider
Generates an error if more than one match is present.

]]

local function select_one( args, possible, error_condition, index )
	local value = nil;
	local selected = '';
	local error_list = {};
	
	if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
	
	-- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string
	if index == '1' then
		for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
			v = v:gsub( "#", "" );
			if is_set(args[v]) then
				if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
					table.insert( error_list, v );
				else
					value = args[v];
					selected = v;
				end
			end
		end		
	end
	
	for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
		if index ~= nil then
			v = v:gsub( "#", index );
		end
		if is_set(args[v]) then
			if value ~= nil and selected ~=  v then
				table.insert( error_list, v );
			else
				value = args[v];
				selected = v;
			end
		end
	end
	
	if #error_list > 0 then
		local error_str = "";
		for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
			if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
			error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
		end
		if #error_list > 1 then
			error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
		else
			error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
		end
		error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
	end
	
	return value, selected;
end

--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------

Format the three chapter parameters: |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).

]]

local function format_chapter_title (chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source)
	local chapter_error = '';
	
	if not is_set (chapter) then
		chapter = '';															-- just to be safe for concatenation
		if is_set (transchapter) then
			chapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
			chapter_error = " " .. set_error ('trans_missing_chapter');
		end
		if is_set (chapterurl) then
			chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source);	-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
		end
		return chapter .. chapter_error;
	else																		-- here when chapter is set
		chapter = kern_quotes (chapter);										-- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
		chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
		if is_set (transchapter) then
			transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
			chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
		end
		if is_set (chapterurl) then
			chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter);						-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
		end
	end
	return chapter;
end

--[[
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument 
mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names
can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
]]

local function argument_wrapper( args )
	local origin = {};
	
	return setmetatable({
		ORIGIN = function( self, k )
			local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
			return origin[k];
		end
	},
	{
		__index = function ( tbl, k )
			if origin[k] ~= nil then
				return nil;
			end
			
			local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
			
			if type( list ) == 'table' then
				v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
				if origin[k] == nil then
					origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
				end
			elseif list ~= nil then
				v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
			else
				-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
				-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
				error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
			end
			
			-- Empty strings, not nil;
			if v == nil then
				v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
				origin[k] = '';
			end
			
			tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
			return v;
		end,
	});
end

--[[
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
	true - active, supported parameters
	false - deprecated, supported parameters
	nil - unsupported parameters
]]

local function validate( name )
	local name = tostring( name );
	local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
	
	-- Normal arguments
	if true == state then return true; end		-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter (name);				-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	-- Arguments with numbers in them
	name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" );				-- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
	state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
	if true == state then return true; end		-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter (name);				-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	return false;								-- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end


-- Formats a wiki style internal link
local function internal_link_id(options)
	return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
		options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
		options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
		mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
	);
end


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]

local function nowrap_date (date)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';

	if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
	
	elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s*%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s*%d%d%d%d$") then
		cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	
	return date;
end

--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------

ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn().
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
spaces and other non-isxn characters.

]]

local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
	local temp = 0;
	isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) };	-- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58
	len = len+1;							-- adjust to be a loop counter
	for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do		-- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
		if v == string.byte( "X" ) then		-- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)
			temp = temp + 10*( len - i );	-- it represents 10 decimal
		else
			temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
		end
	end
	return temp % 11 == 0;					-- returns true if calculation result is zero
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S B N >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether an ISBN string is valid

]]

local function check_isbn( isbn_str )
	if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end		-- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
	isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" );	-- remove hyphens and spaces
	local len = isbn_str:len();
 
	if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
		return false;
	end

	if len == 10 then
		if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
		return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
	else
		local temp = 0;
		if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end	-- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979
		isbn_str = { isbn_str:byte(1, len) };
		for i, v in ipairs( isbn_str ) do
			temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) );
		end
		return temp % 10 == 0;
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< I S S N >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
digits with a space.  When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:

	|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
	
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.

]]

local function issn(id)
	local issn_copy = id;		-- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
	local text;
	local valid_issn = true;

	id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" );									-- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn

	if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then		-- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
		valid_issn=false;										-- wrong length or improper character
	else
		valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8);						-- validate issn
	end

	if true == valid_issn then
		id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 );	-- if valid, display correctly formatted version
	else
		id = issn_copy;											-- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
	end
	
	text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
		prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 
	if false == valid_issn then
		text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_issn' )			-- add an error message if the issn is invalid
	end 
	
	return text
end

--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats a link to Amazon.  Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
characters.  If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.

]]

local function amazon(id, domain)
	local err_cat = ""

	if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
		err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin');								-- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
	else
		if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then								-- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
			if check_isbn( id ) then												-- see if asin value is isbn10
				add_maint_cat ('ASIN');
			elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
				err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin');						-- asin is not isbn10
			end
		elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
			err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin');							-- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
		end
	end
	if not is_set(domain) then 
		domain = "com";
	elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then			-- Japan, United Kingdom
		domain = "co." .. domain;
	elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then	-- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
		domain = "com." .. domain;
	end
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
	return external_link_id({link = handler.link,
		label=handler.label , prefix="//www.amazon."..domain.."/dp/",id=id,
		encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------

See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier

format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are three valid forms of the identifier:
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
	arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
where:
	<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
	<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
	<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
		first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
	<number> is a three-digit number
	<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
	
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
	arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
	<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
	<number> is a four-digit number
	<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces

the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
	arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
	<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
	<number> is a five-digit number
]]

local function arxiv (id, class)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
	local year, month, version;
	local err_cat = '';
	local text;
	
	if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then	-- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
		year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
		year = tonumber(year);
		month = tonumber(month);
		if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or		-- if invalid year or invalid month
			((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then		-- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
				err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );						-- set error message
		end
	elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then	-- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
		year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
		year = tonumber(year);
		month = tonumber(month);
		if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or			-- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
			((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or									-- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
				err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );						-- set error message
		end
	elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then	-- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
		year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
		year = tonumber(year);
		month = tonumber(month);
		if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then						-- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );							-- set error message
		end
	else
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );								-- arXiv id doesn't match any format
	end

	text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;

	if is_set (class) then
		class = ' [[' .. '//arxiv.org/archive/' .. class .. ' ' .. class .. ']]';	-- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
	else
		class = '';																-- empty string for concatenation
	end
	
	return text .. class;
end

--[[
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
1. Remove all blanks.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
	a. Remove it.
	b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
		1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
		2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.

Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate.  There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
]]

local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
	lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", "");									-- 1. strip whitespace

	if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
		lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/");								-- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
	end

	local prefix
	local suffix
	prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)");						-- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix

	if nil ~= suffix then											-- if there was a hyphen
		suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix;	-- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
		lccn=prefix..suffix;										-- reassemble the lccn
	end
	
	return lccn;
	end

--[[
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking.  LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/

length = 8 then all digits
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha

]]

local function lccn(lccn)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that LCCN is valid
	local id = lccn;									-- local copy of the lccn

	id = normalize_lccn (id);							-- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
	local len = id:len();								-- get the length of the lccn

	if 8 == len then
		if id:match("[^%d]") then						-- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- set an error message
		end
	elseif 9 == len then								-- LCCN should be adddddddd
		if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then			-- does it match our pattern?
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- set an error message
		end
	elseif 10 == len then								-- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
		if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
			if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then	-- ... see if it matches our pattern
				err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
			end
		end
	elseif 11 == len then								-- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
		if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then	-- see if it matches one of our patterns
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
		end
	elseif 12 == len then								-- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
		if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then	-- see if it matches our pattern
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
		end
	else
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );		-- wrong length, set an error message
	end

	if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );		-- lccn contains a space, set an error message
	end

	return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[
Format PMID and do simple error checking.  PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMID to see that it
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
]]

local function pmid(id)
	local test_limit = 30000000;						-- update this value as PMIDs approach
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that PMID is valid
	
	if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if PMID has anything but digits
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' );		-- set an error message
	else												-- PMID is only digits
		local id_num = tonumber(id);					-- convert id to a number for range testing
		if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then		-- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' );	-- set an error message
		end
	end
	
	return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------

Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
in the future, returns the content of |embargo=; otherwise, returns and empty string because the embargo has expired or because
|embargo= was not set in this cite.

]]

local function is_embargoed (embargo)
	if is_set (embargo) then
		local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
		local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
		good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
		good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
	
		if good1 and good2 then													-- if embargo date and today's date are good dates
			if tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then			-- is embargo date is in the future?
				return embargo;													-- still embargoed
			else
				add_maint_cat ('embargo')
				return '';														-- unset because embargo has expired
			end
		end
	end
	return '';																	-- |embargo= not set return empty string
end

--[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------

Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.

The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not
be linked to the article.  If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the
PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.

PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation
has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link.  Function is_embargoed ()
returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.

PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.

]]

local function pmc(id, embargo)
	local test_limit = 5000000;							-- update this value as PMCs approach
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that PMC is valid
	
	local text;

	if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if PMC has anything but digits
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' );			-- set an error message
	else												-- PMC is only digits
		local id_num = tonumber(id);					-- convert id to a number for range testing
		if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then		-- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' );		-- set an error message
		end
	end
	
	if is_set (embargo) then													-- is PMC is still embargoed?
		text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat;	-- still embargoed so no external link
	else
		text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,			-- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
	end
	return text;
end

-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.

-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
--  Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
--  Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant

-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix.  If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.

-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.

local function doi(id, inactive)
	local cat = ""
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
	
	local text;
	if is_set(inactive) then
		local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or '';		-- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
		text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
		if is_set(inactive_year) then
			table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with DOIs inactive since " .. inactive_year );
		else
			table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with inactive DOIs" );	-- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
		end
		inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")" 
	else 
		text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
		inactive = "" 
	end

	if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then	-- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
		cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_doi' );
	end
	return text .. inactive .. cat 
end

-- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
local function openlibrary(id)
	local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$");					-- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];

	if ( code == "A" ) then
		return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix="http://openlibrary.org/authors/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
			encode = handler.encode})
	elseif ( code == "M" ) then
		return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix="http://openlibrary.org/books/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
			encode = handler.encode})
	elseif ( code == "W" ) then
		return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/works/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
			encode = handler.encode})
	else
		return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
			encode = handler.encode}) .. 
			' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ol' );
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format a usenet message id.  Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.

]]

local function message_id (id)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];

	text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
		prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 
	if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then				-- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
		text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_message_id' )						-- add an error message if the message id is invalid
	end 
	
	return text
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------

This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).

]]

local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
	if is_set(title_type) then
		if "none" == title_type then
			title_type = "";													-- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
		end
		return title_type;														-- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
	end

	return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or '';									-- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end

--[[--------------------------< C L E A N _ I S B N >----------------------------------------------------------

Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
Similar to that used for Special:BookSources

]]

local function clean_isbn( isbn_str )
	return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
end

--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------

Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped.  This is important because functions like
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
]]
local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
	argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%");										-- replace % with %%
	argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1");				-- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
	return argument;
end

--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------

Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup.  We presume that editors who have taken the time to
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.

]]

local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
	if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end

	while true do
		if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then									-- bold italic (5)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", "");							-- remove all instances of it
		elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then									-- italic start and end without content (4)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
		elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then									-- bold (3)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
		elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then										-- italic (2)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
		else
			break;
		end
	end
	return argument;															-- done
end

--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------

Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)

Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
of %27%27...
]]

local function make_coins_title (title, script)
	if is_set (title) then
		title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title);								-- strip any apostrophe markup
	else
		title='';																-- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
	end
	if is_set (script) then
		script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', '');								-- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
		script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script);								-- strip any apostrophe markup
	else
		script='';																-- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
	end
	if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
		script = ' ' .. script;													-- add a space before we concatenate
	end
	return title .. script;														-- return the concatenation
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------

Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.

]]

local function get_coins_pages (pages)
	local pattern;
	if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end								-- if no page numbers then we're done
	
	while true do
		pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]");					-- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
		if nil == pattern then break; end										-- no more urls
		pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern);								-- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
		pages = pages:gsub(pattern, "");										-- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
	end
	pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", "");											-- remove the brackets
	pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" );							-- replace endashes with hyphens
	pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" );						-- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
	return pages;
end

-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
local function remove_wiki_link( str )
	return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
		return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
	end));
end

-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
	if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
		return str;
	end	
	return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------

Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

]]

local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
	--[[
	Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
	
	This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as 
	long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
	in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
	]]
	
	local str = '';																-- the output string
	local comp = '';															-- what does 'comp' mean?
	local end_chr = '';
	local trim;
	for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
		if value == nil then value = ''; end
		
		if str == '' then														-- if output string is empty
			str = value;														-- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
		elseif value ~= '' then
			if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then										-- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
				comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );								-- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
			else
				comp = value;
			end
																				-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
			if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then								-- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
																				--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
																				--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
				trim = false;
				end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1);										-- get the last character of the output string
				-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")"					-- debug stuff?
				if end_chr == duplicate_char then								-- if same as separator
					str = str:sub(1,-2);										-- remove it
				elseif end_chr == "'" then										-- if it might be wikimarkup
					if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc'' 
						str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''";							-- remove them and add back ''
					elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then		-- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' 
						trim = true;											-- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
					elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then		-- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' 
						trim = true;											-- same question
					end
				elseif end_chr == "]" then										-- if it might be wikimarkup
					if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink 
						trim = true;
					elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then			-- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
						trim = true;
					elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then		-- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
						trim = true;
					end
				elseif end_chr == " " then										-- if last char of output string is a space
					if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then				-- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
						str = str:sub(1,-3);									-- remove them both
					end
				end

				if trim then
					if value ~= comp then 										-- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
						local dup2 = duplicate_char;
						if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end		-- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
						
						value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )			-- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
					else
						value = value:sub( 2, -1 );								-- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
					end
				end
			end
			str = str .. value;													--add it to the output string
		end
	end
	return str;
end  

--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------

For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.

This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F

|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods

At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and past it here
because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.

]]

local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then
		if true ~= Page_in_vanc_error_cat then									-- if we haven't been here before then set a sticky flag
			Page_in_vanc_error_cat=true;										-- so that if there are more than one error the category is added only once
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );
		end
		return false;															-- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
	end;
	return true;
end

--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------

Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.  

Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.

Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  This form is not
currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.

This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().

]]

local function reduce_to_initials(first)
	if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end;					-- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
	local initials = {}
	local i = 0;																-- counter for number of initials
	for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do						-- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
		table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1))						-- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
		i = i + 1;																-- bump the counter 
		if 2 <= i then break; end												-- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
	end
	return table.concat(initials)												-- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end

--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------

Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) 

]]

local function list_people(control, people, etal)
	local sep;
	local namesep;
	local format = control.format
	local maximum = control.maximum
	local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
	local text = {}

	if 'vanc' == format then													-- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
		sep = ',';																-- name-list separator between authors is a comma
		namesep = ' ';															-- last/first separator is a space
	else
		sep = ';'																-- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
		namesep = ', '															-- last/first separator is <comma><space>
	end
	
	if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
	if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end					-- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
	
	for i,person in ipairs(people) do
		if is_set(person.last) then
			local mask = person.mask
			local one
			local sep_one = sep;
			if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
				etal = true;
				break;
			elseif (mask ~= nil) then
				local n = tonumber(mask)
				if (n ~= nil) then
					one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
				else
					one = mask;
					sep_one = " ";
				end
			else
				one = person.last
				local first = person.first
				if is_set(first) then 
					if ( "vanc" == format ) then								-- if vancouver format
						one = one:gsub ('%.', '');								-- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
						if is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then					-- and name is all Latin characters
							first = reduce_to_initials(first)						-- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
						end
					end
					one = one .. namesep .. first 
				end
				if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
					one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]"		-- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
				end

				if is_set(person.link) and ((nil ~= person.link:find("//")) or (nil ~= person.link:find("[%[%]]"))) then
					one = one .. " " .. set_error( 'bad_authorlink' ) end	-- url or wikilink in author link;
			end
			table.insert( text, one )
			table.insert( text, sep_one )
		end
	end

	local count = #text / 2;
	if count > 0 then 
		if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
			text[#text-2] = " & ";
		end
		text[#text] = nil; 
	end
	
	local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
	if etal then 
		local etal_text = cfg.messages['et al'];
		result = result .. " " .. etal_text;
	end
	
	return result, count
end

--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------

Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.

]]

local function anchor_id( options )
	local id = table.concat( options );											-- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
	if is_set (id) then															-- if concatenation is not an empty string
		return "CITEREF" .. id;													-- add the CITEREF portion
	else
		return '';																-- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.

When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the 
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.

]]

local function extract_names(args, list_name)
	local names = {};			-- table of names
	local last;					-- individual name components
	local first;
	local link;
	local mask;
	local i = 1;				-- loop counter/indexer
	local n = 1;				-- output table indexer
	local count = 0;			-- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
	local etal=false;			-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
	local pattern = ",? *'*[Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.']*$"							-- variations on the 'et al' theme
	
	local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list';		-- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary

	while true do
		last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i );		-- search through args for name components beginning at 1
		first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );

		local name = tostring(last);
		if name:match (pattern) then											-- varients on et al.
			last = name:gsub (pattern, '');										-- if found, remove
			etal = true;
		end
		name = tostring(first);
		if name:match (pattern) then											-- varients on et al.
			first = name:gsub (pattern, '');									-- if found, remove
			etal = true;
		end

		if first and not last then												-- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
		elseif not first and not last then										-- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
			count = count + 1;													-- number of times we haven't found last and first
			if 2 == count then													-- two missing names and we give up
				break;															-- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
			end
		else																	-- we have last with or without a first
			names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask};	-- add this name to our names list
			n = n + 1;															-- point to next location in the names table
			if 1 == count then													-- if the previous name was missing
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } );		-- add this error message
			end
			count = 0;															-- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next args location
	end
	
	if true == etal then
		add_maint_cat ('etal');
	end
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names
end

-- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings
local function extract_ids( args )
	local id_list = {};
	for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do	
		v = select_one( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );
		if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end
	end
	return id_list;
end

--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------

Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.

]]

local function build_id_list( id_list, options )
	local new_list, handler = {};

	function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
	
	for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do
		-- fallback to read-only cfg
		handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
		
		if handler.mode == 'external' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, external_link_id( handler ) } );
		elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internal_link_id( handler ) } );
		elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
			error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
		elseif k == 'DOI' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
		elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v, options.Class ) } ); 
		elseif k == 'ASIN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } ); 
		elseif k == 'LCCN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'OL' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'PMC' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
		elseif k == 'PMID' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'ISSN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'ISBN' then
			local ISBN = internal_link_id( handler );
			if not check_isbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
				ISBN = ISBN .. set_error( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
			end
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );				
		elseif k == 'USENETID' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
		else
			error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
		end
	end
	
	function comp( a, b )	-- used in following table.sort()
		return a[1] < b[1];
	end
	
	table.sort( new_list, comp );
	for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
		new_list[k] = v[2];
	end
	
	return new_list;
end
  

-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse
-- the citation information.
local function COinS(data, class)
	if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
		return '';
	end
	
	local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
	
	-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
	local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
		__newindex = function(self, key, value)
			if is_set(value) then
				rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
			end
		end
	});
	
	if is_set(data.Chapter) then
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
		OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
		OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter;
		OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
	elseif is_set(data.Periodical) then
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
		if 'arxiv' == class then
			OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint";								-- cite arxiv
		else
			OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
		end
		OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
		OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
	else
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
		OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book"
		OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
	end
	
	OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;
	OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;
	OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;
	OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;
	OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
	OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;
	OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;
	OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;
	
	for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do
		local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
		if k == 'ISBN' then value = clean_isbn( v ); else value = v; end
		if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
			OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
		else
			OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
		end
	end
	
	local last, first;
	for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
		last, first = v.last, v.first;
		if k == 1 then
			if is_set(last) then
				OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;
			end
			if is_set(first) then 
				OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;
			end
		end
		if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
			OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };
		elseif is_set(last) then
			OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;
		end
	end
	
	OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
	OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
	OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
	
	-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
	table.sort( OCinSoutput );
	table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver );  -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
	return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------

Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code.  Handles the special case that is Norwegian where
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.

Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
with the code.  When there is no match, we return the original language name string.

mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code.  When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
returns only the Wikimedia language name.

Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.

]]

local function get_iso639_code (lang)
	if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then											-- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR
		return 'Norwegian', 'no';												-- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
	end
	
	local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('en', 'all')				-- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
																				-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
	local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang);										-- lower case version for comparisons
	
	for code, name in pairs(languages) do										-- scan the list to see if we can find our language
		if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
			if 2 ~= code:len() then												-- ISO639-1 codes only
				return name;													-- so return the name but not the code
			end
			return name, code;													-- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
		end
	end
	return lang;																-- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
end

--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------

Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided.  If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.

There is an exception.  There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants.  There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn').  The third, code 'no',  is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless.  However, it appears
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.

Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no.  We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.

See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test

When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'.  Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.

This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas.

]]

local function language_parameter (lang, namespace)
	local code;																	-- the ISO639-1 two character code
	local name;																	-- the language name
	local language_list = {};													-- table of language names to be rendered
	local names_table = {};														-- table made from the value assigned to |language=
	local unrec_cat = false														-- flag so that we only add unrecognized category once
	
	names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*');								-- names should be a comma separated list
	
	for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do										-- reuse lang
		if 0 == namespace and (('en' == lang:lower()) or ('english' == lang:lower())) then
			add_maint_cat ('english');
		end
	
		if 2 == lang:len() then													-- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
			name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "en" );			-- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code
		end
	
		if is_set (name) then													-- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
			code = lang:lower();												-- save it
		else
			name, code = get_iso639_code (lang);								-- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
		end
	
		if is_set (code) then
			if 'no' == code then name = 'Norwegian' end;						-- override wikimedia when code is 'no'
			if 0 == namespace and 'en' ~= code then								-- is this page main / article space and English not the language?
				add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code})
			end
		elseif false == unrec_cat then
			unrec_cat = true;													-- only add this category once
			add_maint_cat (unknown_lang);
		end
		
		table.insert (language_list, name);
		name = '';																-- so we can reuse it
	end
	
	code = #language_list														-- reuse code as number of languages in the list
	if 2 >= code then
		name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ')							-- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
	elseif 2 < code then
		language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code];					-- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
		name = table.concat (language_list, ', ')								-- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
	end
	return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name));		-- wrap with '(in ...)'
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------

Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings

]]

local function set_cs1_style (ps)
	if not is_set (ps) then														-- unless explicitely set to something
		ps = '.';																-- terminate the rendered citation with a period
	end
	return '.', ps;																-- separator is a full stop
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------

Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings

]]

local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
	if not is_set (ps) then														-- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
		ps = '';																-- make sure it isn't nil
	end
	if not is_set (ref) then													-- if |ref= is not set
		ref = "harv";															-- set default |ref=harv
	end
	return ',', ps, ref;														-- separator is a comma
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------

When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
rendered style.

]]

local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if (cite_class == "citation") then											-- for citation templates (CS2)
		sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
	else																		-- not a citation template so CS1
		sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
	end

	return sep, ps, ref															-- return them all
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------

Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.

]]

local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if 'cs2' == mode then														-- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
		sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
	elseif 'cs1' == mode then													-- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
		sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
	else																		-- anything but cs1 or cs2
		if is_set (mode) then
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'mode', mode}, true ) } );		-- add error message
		end
		sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class);		-- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
	end
	if 'none' == ps:lower() then												-- if assigned value is 'none' then
		ps = '';																-- set to empty string
	end
	
	return sep, ps, ref
end

--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------

Determines if a url has the file extension is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
applying the pdf icon to external links.

returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false

]=]

local function is_pdf (url)
	return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
end

--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------

Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.

]]

local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
	if is_set (format) then
		format = wrap_style ('format', format:upper());							-- force upper case, add leading space, parenthases, resize
		if not is_set (url) then
			format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} );	-- add an error message
		end
	elseif is_pdf (url) then													-- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
		format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF');									-- set format to pdf
	else
		format = '';															-- empty string for concatenation
	end
	return format;
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------

Returns a number that may or may not limit the length of the author or editor name lists.

When the value assigned to |display-authors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
some variant of the text 'et al.').

When the value assigned to |display-authors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'

In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.

]]

local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
	if is_set (max) then
		if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then						-- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
			max = count + 1;													-- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
			etal = true;														-- overrides value set by extract_names()
		elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then											-- if is a string of numbers
			max = tonumber (max);												-- make it a number
			if max >= count and 'authors' == list_name then	-- AUTHORS ONLY		-- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
				add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name);
			end
		else																	-- not a valid keyword or number
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			max = nil;															-- unset
		end
	elseif 'authors' == list_name then		-- AUTHORS ONLY	need to clear implicit et al category
		max = count + 1;														-- number of authors + 1
	end
	
	return max, etal;
end

--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------

This is the main function doing the majority of the citation
formatting.

]]

local function citation0( config, args)
	--[[ 
	Load Input Parameters
	The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple
	aliases to single internal variable.
	]]
	local A = argument_wrapper( args );

	local i 
	local PPrefix = A['PPrefix']
	local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix']
	if is_set( A['NoPP'] ) then PPPrefix = "" PPrefix = "" end
	
	-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
	-- define different field names for the same underlying things.	
	local Authors = A['Authors'];
	local author_etal;
	local a, author_etal = extract_names( args, 'AuthorList' );

	local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
	local Others = A['Others'];
	local Editors = A['Editors'];
	local editor_etal;
	local e, editor_etal = extract_names( args, 'EditorList' );

	local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];									-- replaces |author-format= and |editor-format=
	if is_set (NameListFormat) and ('vanc' ~= NameListFormat) then											-- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'name-list-format', NameListFormat}, true ) } );	-- not vanc so add error message
		NameListFormat = '';													-- set to empty string
	end

	local Year = A['Year'];
	local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
	local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
	local Date = A['Date'];
	local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
	------------------------------------------------- Get title data
	local Title = A['Title'];
	local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
	local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
	local Conference = A['Conference'];
	local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
	local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
	local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
	local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
	local ChapterLink = A['ChapterLink'];										-- deprecated
	local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
	local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
	local Degree = A['Degree'];
	local Docket = A['Docket'];
	local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
	local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
	local URL = A['URL']
	local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');											-- get name of parameter that holds URL
	local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
	local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL');							-- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
	local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
	local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
	local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
	local Periodical = A['Periodical'];

	local Series = A['Series'];
	local Volume = A['Volume'];
	local Issue = A['Issue'];
	local Position = '';
	local Page = A['Page'];
	local Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );	
	local At = A['At'];

	local Edition = A['Edition'];
	local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
	local Place = A['Place'];
	
	local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
	local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
	local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
	local Via = A['Via'];
	local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
	local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
	local Agency = A['Agency'];
	local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
	local Language = A['Language'];
	local Format = A['Format'];
	local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
	local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
	local ID = A['ID'];
	local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
	local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
	local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
	local Class = A['Class'];													-- arxiv class identifier

	local ID_list = extract_ids( args );

	local Quote = A['Quote'];

	local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
	local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
	local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
	local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
	local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
	local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] 
	local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL

	local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
	local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];

--these are used by cite interview
	local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
	local City = A['City'];
	local Program = A['Program'];

--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
	local use_lowercase;								-- controls capitalization of certain static text
	local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle();		-- also used for COinS and for language
	local anchor_year;									-- used in the CITEREF identifier
	local COinS_date;									-- used in the COinS metadata

-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
	local sepc;											-- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
	local PostScript;
	local Ref;
	sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (A['Mode']:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
	use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );					-- used to control capitalization for certain static text

--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
	if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then										-- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
		if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
			no_tracking_cats = "true";											-- set no_tracking_cats
		end
		for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do						-- cycle through page name patterns
			if this_page.text:match (v) then									-- test page name against each pattern
				no_tracking_cats = "true";										-- set no_tracking_cats
				break;															-- bail out if one is found
			end
		end
	end

-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. 
	if is_set(Page) then
		if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
			Page = Page .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages');	-- add error message
			Pages = '';										-- unset the others
			At = '';
		end
	elseif is_set(Pages) then
		if is_set(At) then
			Pages = Pages .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages');	-- add error messages
			At = '';											-- unset
		end
	end	

-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
	if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
		PublicationPlace = Place;							-- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
	end
	
	if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end		-- don't need both if they are the same
	
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
	|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
	|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
	|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title

	|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
	|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped

All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
TODO: script-title to script-chapter if and when we support script-chapter
]]

local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];

	if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then	-- test code for citation
		if is_set(Periodical) then					-- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
			if is_set(Title) then
				if not is_set(Chapter) then
					Chapter = Title;				-- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
					TransChapter = TransTitle;
					ChapterURL = URL;
					Title = Periodical;
					ChapterFormat = Format;
					Periodical = '';				-- redundant so unset
					TransTitle = '';				-- redundant so unset
					URL = '';						-- redundant so unset
					Format = '';					-- redundant so unset
				end
			else									-- |title not set
				Title = Periodical;					-- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
				Periodical = '';					-- redundant so unset
			end
		end
	end

-- Special case for cite techreport.
	if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then	-- special case for cite techreport
		if is_set(Issue) then						-- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations aliase to 'issue'
			if not is_set(ID) then					-- can we use ID for the "number"?
				ID = Issue;							-- yes, use it
				Issue = "";							-- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata
			else									-- can't use ID so emit error message
				ID = ID .. " " .. set_error('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
			end
		end	
	end

-- special case for cite interview
	if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
		if is_set(Program) then
			ID = ' ' .. Program;
		end
		if is_set(Callsign) then
			if is_set(ID) then
				ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
			else
				ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
			end
		end
		if is_set(City) then
			if is_set(ID) then
				ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
			else
				ID = ' ' .. City;
			end
		end

		if is_set(Others) then
			if is_set(TitleType) then
				Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others;
				TitleType = '';
			else
				Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others;
			end
		else
			Others = '(Interview)';
		end
	end

-- special case for cite mailing list
	if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
		Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
	end

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set(BookTitle) then
			Chapter = Title;
--			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- |chapterlink= is deprecated
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
			URLorigin = '';
			ChapterFormat = Format;
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			Title = BookTitle;
			Format = '';
--			TitleLink = '';
			TransTitle = '';
			URL = '';
		end
	elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
		Conference = '';														-- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
	end

-- cite map oddities
	local Cartography = "";
	local Scale = "";
	local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
	local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
	if config.CitationClass == "map" then
		Chapter = A['Map'];
		ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
		TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
		ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
		ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
		
		Cartography = A['Cartography'];
		if is_set( Cartography ) then
			Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
		end		
		Scale = A['Scale'];
		if is_set( Scale ) then
			Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
		end
	end

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
		local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
		local Began = A['Began'];												-- these two are deprecated because the module understands date ranges
		local Ended = A['Ended'];
		local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
		local Network = A['Network'];
		local Station = A['Station'];
		local s, n = {}, {};

																				-- do common parameters first
		if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
		if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
		ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
		
		if not is_set (Date) then												-- promote airdate or Began/Ended to date
			if is_set (AirDate) then
				Date = AirDate;
			elseif is_set (Began) then											-- deprecated
				if Began:match('%s') or Ended:match('%s') then					-- so we don't create errors: if either has spaces then
					Date = Began .. ' – ' .. Ended;								-- use spaced ndash as separator
				else
					Date = Began .. '–' .. Ended;								-- elsewise no spaces
				end
			end
		end

		if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
			local Season = A['Season'];
			local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];

			if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then					-- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				SeriesNumber = '';												-- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
			end
																				-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
			if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
			if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
			if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this is not a unique parameter
	
			Chapter = Title;													-- promote title parameters to chapter
			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- alias episodelink
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
			
			Title = Series;														-- promote series to title
			TitleLink = SeriesLink;
			Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' ');								-- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number

			if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then			-- link but not URL
				Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';		-- ok to wikilink
			elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then			-- if both are set, URL links episode;
				Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';			-- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
			end
			URL = '';															-- unset
			TransTitle = '';													-- unset
			
		else																	-- now oddities that are cite serial
			Issue = '';														-- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
			Chapter = A['Episode'];												-- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
			if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
				Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
			end
			Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series);						-- series is italicized
		end	
	end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
		if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then									-- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } );		-- add error message
		end
		if first_set (AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL,	-- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
			ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
			ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
			ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']) then
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } );		-- add error message

				AccessDate= '';													-- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
				PublisherName = '';												-- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
				Chapter = '';
				URL = '';
				Format = '';
				Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
		end
		Periodical = 'arXiv';													-- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
	end

-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
		TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
		if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then						-- special case for cite thesis
			TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
		end
	end

	if is_set(TitleType) then													-- if type parameter is specified
		TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")";									-- display it in parentheses
	end

-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
	if not is_set (Date) then
		Date = Year;						-- promote Year to Date
		Year = nil;							-- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
		if is_set(Date) then
			local Month = A['Month'];
			if is_set(Month) then
				Date = Month .. " " .. Date;
			end
		elseif is_set(PublicationDate) then	-- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
			Date = PublicationDate;			-- promote PublicationDate to Date
			PublicationDate = '';			-- unset, no longer needed
		end
	end

	if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end	-- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation

--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.

Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
	do	-- create defined block to contain local variables error_message and mismatch
		local error_message = '';
																				-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
		anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['accessdate']=AccessDate, ['archivedate']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi_brokendate']=DoiBroken,
			['embargo']=Embargo, ['laydate']=LayDate, ['publicationdate']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year});

		if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then									-- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; 
			local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
			if 0 == mismatch then												-- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
				if is_set (error_message) then									-- if there is already an error message
					error_message = error_message .. ', ';						-- tack on this additional message
				end
				error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
			elseif 1 == mismatch then											-- |year= matches year-value in |date=
				add_maint_cat ('date_year');
			end
		end

		if is_set(error_message) then
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
		end
	end	-- end of do

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
	Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo);											-- 

	if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
		if not is_set (Embargo) then											-- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
			URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC'];				-- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
			URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1];					-- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
		end
	end

-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
	-- Test if citation has no title
	if	not is_set(Title) and
		not is_set(TransTitle) and
		not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {}, true ) } );
	end
	
	if 'none' == Title and is_set(Periodical) and not (( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia))) then								-- special case
		Title = '';																-- set title to empty string
		add_maint_cat ('untitled');
	end

	-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
	-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
	-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
	-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap 
	
	local coins_chapter = Chapter;												-- default assuming that remapping not required
	local coins_title = Title;													-- et tu
	if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
		if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then		-- if all are used then
			coins_chapter = Title;												-- remap
			coins_title = Periodical;
		end
	end
	
	-- this is the function call to COinS()
	local OCinSoutput = COinS({
		['Periodical'] = Periodical,
		['Chapter'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (coins_chapter),					-- Chapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
		['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle),				-- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
		['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
		['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date),		-- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here?  Should we be including invalid dates in metadata?
		['Series'] = Series,
		['Volume'] = Volume,
		['Issue'] = Issue,
		['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At)),				-- pages stripped of external links
		['Edition'] = Edition,
		['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
		['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ),
		['Authors'] = a,
		['ID_list'] = ID_list,
		['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
	}, config.CitationClass);

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
	if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then										-- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
		Periodical = '';														-- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
	end

-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set (PublisherName) then
			PublisherName = '[[Newsgroup]]:&nbsp;' ..  external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName );
		end
	end



	-- Now perform various field substitutions.
	-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
	-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
	do																			-- do-block to limit scope of LastFirstAuthors
		local LastFirstAuthors;
		local Maximum = A['DisplayAuthors'];

		Maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (Maximum, #a, 'authors', author_etal);

		local control = { 
			format = NameListFormat,											-- empty string or 'vanc'
			maximum = Maximum,
			lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
			page_name = this_page.text				-- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via authorlinkn
		};
		
		-- If the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
		if is_set(Coauthors) then
			control.lastauthoramp = nil;
			control.maximum = #a + 1;
		end
		
		LastFirstAuthors = list_people(control, a, author_etal);

		if is_set (Authors) then
			if is_set (LastFirstAuthors) then									-- if both author name styles
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'authors') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'last')}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				Authors = LastFirstAuthors;										-- TODO: is this correct or should we use |authors= instead?
			end
		else
			Authors = LastFirstAuthors;											-- either an author name list or an empty string
		end
	end																			-- end of do

	if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then	-- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } );	-- emit error message
	end

	local EditorCount;															-- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
	if not is_set(Editors) then
		local Maximum = A['DisplayEditors'];

		Maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (Maximum, #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
		-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
		if not is_set(Maximum) and #e == 4 then 
			Maximum = 3;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
		end

		local control = { 
			format = NameListFormat,											-- empty string or 'vanc'
			maximum = Maximum,
			lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
			page_name = this_page.text				-- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
		};

		Editors, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
		if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then			-- only one editor displayed but includes etal then 
			EditorCount = 2;													-- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
		end
	else
		EditorCount = 1;
	end

-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
	ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
	ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
	ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
	Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
	LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
	TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');

	if  not is_set(URL) then --and
--		not is_set(ArchiveURL) then --and										-- prevents format_missing_url error from registering
--		not is_set(ConferenceURL) and											-- TODO: keep this here? conference as part of cite web or cite podcast?
--		not is_set(TranscriptURL) then											-- TODO: remove? |transcript-url= and |transcript= has separate test
		
		-- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty 
		if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then	
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
		end
		
		-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
		if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then					-- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
			AccessDate = '';
		end
	end

	local OriginalURL, OriginalFormat;											-- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
	DeadURL = DeadURL:lower();													-- used later when assembling archived text
	if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
		if is_set (URL) then
			OriginalURL = URL;													-- save copy of original source URL
			OriginalFormat = Format;											-- and original |format=
			if 'no' ~= DeadURL then												-- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
				URL = ArchiveURL												-- swap-in the archive's url
				URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive url parameter for error messages
				Format = ArchiveFormat or '';									-- swap in archive's format
			end
		elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then 										-- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
			OriginalURL = ChapterURL;											-- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
			OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat;										-- and original |format=
			if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
				ChapterURL = ArchiveURL											-- swap-in the archive's url
				URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive url parameter for error messages
				ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or '';							-- swap in archive's format
			end
		end
	end

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", 'arxiv'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
			if is_set (Chapter) or is_set (TransChapter) or is_set (ChapterURL)then	-- chapter parameters not supported for these citation types
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				Chapter = '';														-- set to empty string to be safe with concatenation
				TransChapter = '';
				ChapterURL = '';
			end
	else																		-- otherwise, format chapter / article title
		Chapter = format_chapter_title (Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin);
		if is_set (Chapter) then
			if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
				Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;
			end
			Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
		end
	end

	-- Format main title.
	if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
		Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
	end

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", "mailinglist", 'arxiv'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
		('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then			-- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
			Title = kern_quotes (Title);										-- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
			Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
	
			Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);					-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
			TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
	elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then								-- no styling for cite report
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );				-- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
	else
		Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
	end

	TransError = "";
	if is_set(TransTitle) then
		if is_set(Title) then
			TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
		else
			TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title' );
		end
	end
	
	Title = Title .. TransTitle;
	
	if is_set(Title) then
		if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then 
			Title = external_link( URL, Title ) .. TransError .. Format;
			URL = "";
			Format = "";
		else
			Title = Title .. TransError;
		end
	end

	if is_set(Place) then
		Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
	end

	if is_set (Conference) then
		if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
			Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference );
		end
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
	elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
	end

	if not is_set(Position) then
		local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
		if is_set(Minutes) then
			Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
		else
			local Time = A['Time'];
			if is_set(Time) then
				local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
				if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
					TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
					if sepc ~= '.' then
						TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
					end
				end
				Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
			end
		end
	else
		Position = " " .. Position;
		At = '';
	end
	
	if not is_set(Page) then
		if is_set(Pages) then
			if is_set(Periodical) and
				not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
				Pages = ": " .. Pages;
			elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then
				Pages = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Pages;
			else
				Pages = sepc .." " .. PPPrefix .. Pages;
			end
		end
	else
		if is_set(Periodical) and
			not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
			Page = ": " .. Page;
		else
			Page = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Page;
		end
	end

	if 'map' == config.CitationClass then										-- cite map oddity done after COinS call (and with other in-source locators)
		if is_set (Sheet) or is_set (Sheets) then
			local err_msg1 = 'sheet=, &#124;sheets';							-- default error message in case any of page pages or at are set
			local err_msg2;
			if is_set (Page) or is_set (Pages) or is_set (At) then				-- are any set?
				err_msg2 = 'page=, &#124;pages=, &#124;at';						-- a generic error message
				Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
			elseif is_set (Sheet) and is_set (Sheets) then						-- if both are set make error message
				err_msg1 = 'sheet';
				err_msg2 = 'sheets';
			end
			if is_set (err_msg2) then
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg1) .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg2)}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			end
			if not is_set (Sheet) then											-- do sheet static text and formatting; Sheet has priority over Sheets if both provided
				if is_set (Sheets) then
					if is_set (Periodical) then
						Sheet = ": Sheets " .. Sheets;							-- because Sheet has priority, no need to support both later on
					else
						Sheet = sepc .. " Sheets " .. Sheets;
					end
				end
			else
				if is_set (Periodical) then
					Sheet = ": Sheet " .. Sheet;
				else
					Sheet = sepc .. " Sheet " .. Sheet;
				end
			end
		end
	end

	At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
	Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
	if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
		local Section = A['Section'];
		local Sections = A['Sections'];
		local Inset = A['Inset'];
		
		if is_set( Inset ) then
			Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
		end			

		if is_set( Sections ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
		elseif is_set( Section ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
		end
		At = At .. Inset .. Section;		
	end	

	if is_set (Language) then
		Language = language_parameter (Language, this_page.namespace);			-- format, categories (article namespace only), name from ISO639-1, etc
	else
		Language="";															-- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
	end

	Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";

	TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
	Edition = is_set(Edition) and (" " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition)) or "";
	Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or "";
	Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
	OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
	Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";

	if is_set(Volume) then
		if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
		  then Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume;
		  else Volume = " <b>" .. hyphen_to_dash(Volume) .. "</b>";
		end
	end

	------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
	if is_set(Via) then
		Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
	end

--[[
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.

]]
	if in_array(SubscriptionRequired:lower(), {'yes', 'true', 'y'}) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription'];		-- subscription required message
	elseif in_array(RegistrationRequired:lower(), {'yes', 'true', 'y'}) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration'];		-- registration required message
	else
		SubscriptionRequired = '';												-- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
	end

	if is_set(AccessDate) then
		local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']

		AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate);									-- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
		if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end				-- if 'citation', lower case
		AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate);						-- add retrieved text
																				-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called	
		AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate});	-- allow editors to hide accessdates
	end
	
	if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
   	if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
		ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
	end
   	if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then					-- for cite report when |docket= is set
		ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket;												-- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
	end

	ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );

	if is_set(URL) then
		URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
	end

	if is_set(Quote) then
		if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then
			Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);
		end
		Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); 				-- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
		PostScript = "";														-- CS1 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
	end
	
	local Archived
	if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
		if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
			ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
		end
		if "no" == DeadURL then
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
				{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
			if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
				Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');							   
			end
		elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
				{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } );	-- format already styled
		else
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, 
				{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
		end
	elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
		Archived = ArchiveFormat;												-- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
	else
		Archived = ""
	end
	
	local Lay = '';
	if is_set(LayURL) then
		if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
		if is_set(LaySource) then 
			LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
		else
			LaySource = "";
		end
		if sepc == '.' then
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		else
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		end			
	elseif is_set (LayFormat) then												-- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
		Lay = sepc .. LayFormat;												-- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
	end

	if is_set(Transcript) then
		if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
			Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript );
		end
		Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
	elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
		Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
	end

	local Publisher;
	if is_set(Periodical) and
		not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
		if is_set(PublisherName) then
			if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
				Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
			else
				Publisher = PublisherName;  
			end
		elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
			Publisher= PublicationPlace;
		else 
			Publisher = "";
		end
		if is_set(PublicationDate) then
			if is_set(Publisher) then
				Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
			else
				Publisher = PublicationDate;
			end
		end
		if is_set(Publisher) then
			Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
		end
	else
		if is_set(PublicationDate) then
			PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")";
		end
		if is_set(PublisherName) then
			if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
				Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
			else
				Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;  
			end			
		elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then 
			Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
		else 
			Publisher = PublicationDate;
		end
	end
	
	-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
	if is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then 
			Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) 
		else 
			Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
		end
	end

--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
	if "speech" == config.CitationClass then				-- cite speech only
		TitleNote = " (Speech)";							-- annotate the citation
		if is_set (Periodical) then							-- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter 
			if is_set (Conference) then						-- and if |event= is set
				Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " ";		-- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
			end
		end
	end

	-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
	-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
	-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

	local tcommon
	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
		tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, 
			Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
		
	elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then									-- special cases for cite map
		if is_set (Chapter) then												-- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
		elseif is_set (Periodical) then											-- map in a periodical
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
		else																	-- a sheet or stand-alone map
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
		end
		
	elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- special case for cite episode
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
	else																		-- all other CS1 templates
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, 
			Volume, Issue, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
	end
	
	if #ID_list > 0 then
		ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
	else
		ID_list = ID;
	end
	
	local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
	local text;
	local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Page .. Pages .. At;
	
	if is_set(Authors) then
		if is_set(Coauthors) then
			local sep = '; ';
			if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then
				sep = ', ';
			end
			Authors = Authors .. sep .. Coauthors;
		end
		if is_set(Date) then
			Date = " ("..Date..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
		elseif string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then
			Authors = Authors .. " "
		else
			Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " "
		end
		if is_set(Editors) then
			local in_text = " ";
			local post_text = "";
			if is_set(Chapter) then
				in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
			else
				if EditorCount <= 1 then
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
				else
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
				end
			end 
			if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end
			Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text;
			if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub(Editors,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then	-- if last editor name ends with sepc char
				Editors = Editors .. " ";										-- don't add another
			else
				Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " "								-- otherwise terninate the editor list
			end
		end
		text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc );
		text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	elseif is_set(Editors) then
		if is_set(Date) then
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
			else
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
			end
			Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
		else
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			else
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			end
		end
		text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
		text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	else
		if is_set(Date) then
			if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc )
			  then Date = sepc .." " .. Date .. OrigYear
			  else Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear
			end
		end
		if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
			text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date}, sepc );
			text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
		end
	end
	
	if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
		text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
		text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
	end	
	
	text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

	-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <span/> element
	local options = {};
	
	if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
		options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass;
	else
		options.class = "citation";
	end
	
	if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then
		local id = Ref
		if ( "harv" == Ref ) then
			local names = {} --table of last names & year
			if #a > 0 then
				for i,v in ipairs(a) do 
					names[i] = v.last 
					if i == 4 then break end
				end
			elseif #e > 0 then
				for i,v in ipairs(e) do 
					names[i] = v.last 
					if i == 4 then break end				
				end
			end
			names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year);	-- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
			id = anchor_id(names)
		end
		options.id = id;
	end
	
	if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
		z.error_categories = {};
		text = set_error('empty_citation');
		z.message_tail = {};
	end
	
	if is_set(options.id) then 
		text = '<span id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
	else
		text = '<span class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
	end		

	local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
	
	-- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients.
	local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
	text = text .. OCinS;
	
	if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
		text = text .. " ";
		for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
			if is_set(v[1]) then
				if i == #z.message_tail then
					text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
				else
					text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
				end
			end
		end
	end

	if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
		text = text .. ' <span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
		end
		text = text .. '</span>';	-- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
	end
	
	no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
	if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
		for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
			text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
		end
	end
	
	return text
end

-- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
function z.citation(frame)
	local pframe = frame:getParent()
	local validation;
	
	if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then			-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox');		-- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');	-- ... sandbox version of date validation code

	else																		-- otherwise
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration');				-- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');			-- ... live version of date validation code
	end

	dates = validation.dates;													-- imported functions
	year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;

	local args = {};
	local suggestions = {};
	local error_text, error_state;

	local config = {};
	for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
		config[k] = v;
		args[k] = v;	   
	end	

	for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
		if v ~= '' then
			if not validate( k ) then			
				error_text = "";
				if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
					-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
					if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
						error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
					end
				elseif validate( k:lower() ) then 
					error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
				else
					if #suggestions == 0 then
						suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );
					end
					if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
						error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
					else
						error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
					end
				end				  
				if error_text ~= '' then
					table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
				end				
			end
			args[k] = v;
		elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
			args[k] = v;
		end		
	end	
	
	return citation0( config, args)
end

return z